22.50 


'  EX  LIBRE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 


JOHN  HENRY  NASH  LIBRARY 

<§>  SAN  FRANCISCO  <$> 

PRESENTED  TO  THE 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

ROBERT  GORDON  SPROUL,  PRESIDENT. 


MR.ANDMRS.MILTON  S.RAV 
CECILY,  VIRGINIA  AND  ROSALYN  RAY 


RAY  OIL  BURNER  COMPANY 


SPECIMENS 

of 

Linotype,  Monotype,  and  Hand  Type 

in  use  in  the 

Book  Composing  Room 


SPECIMENS 

of 

Linotype,  Monotype,  and  Hand  Type 

in  use  in  the 

Book  Composing  Room 

of  the 

TROW   DIRECTORY,    PRINTING 
AND   BOOKBINDING   COMPANY 


Trow  Directory,  Printing  and  Bookbinding  Company 
201-213  East  Twelfth  Street  New  York 


Copyright,  1905,  by 
Trow  Directory,  Printing  and  Bookbinding  Company 


INDEX 


LINOTYPE 


PAGE 

12  Point  DeVinne,  leaded      .  2 

solid 3 

12  Point  Scotch,  leaded  .  .  4 

solid 5 

12jPoint  Caslon,  leaded  .  .  6 

solid 7 

11  Point  DeVinne,  leaded  .  8 

solid 9 

11  Point  Scotch,  leaded  .  .  10 

solid 11 

11  Point  No.  1,  leaded  .  .  .  12 

solid 13 

11  Point  No.  9,  leaded  ...  14 

solid 15 

11  Point  Caslon,  leaded  .  .  16 

solid 17 

11  Point  Old  Style,  leaded  .  18 

solid 19 

10  Point  DeVinne,  leaded  .  20 

solid 21 

10  Point  Scotch,  leaded  .  .  22 

solid 23 

10  Point  No.  13,  leaded  .  .  24 

solid 25 

10  Point  Caslon,  leaded  .  .  26 

solid 27 

10  Point  Old  Style,  leaded  .  28 

solid   .                            .  29 


PAGE 

10  Point  Old  Style  Antique: 

leaded 30 

solid 31 

9  Point  No.  13,  leaded  .  .  .  32 

solid 33 

9  Point  Old  Style,  leaded  .  .  34 

solid 35 

8  Point  No.  19,  leaded  ...  36 

solid 37 

8  Point  No.  4,  leaded  ...  38 

solid 39 

8  Point  Old  Style,  leaded  .  .  40 

solid 41 

7  Point  No.  1,  leaded  ...  42 

solid 43 

6  Point  No.  1,  leaded  ...  44 

solid 45 

6  Point  No.  3,  leaded  ...  46 

solid 47 

6  Point  Old  Style,  leaded  .  .  48 

solid 49 

5  J  Point  No.  3,  leaded  ...  50 

solid 51 

12  Point  Original  Old  Style: 

leaded 52 

solid 53 

Linotype  Job  Faces  ....  54 


VI 


INDEX 


MONOTYPE 


12  Point  No.  8,  leaded  . 

PAGE 

.     .     56 

8  Point  No.  36,  leaded  . 

PAGE 

.     .    88 

solid   

.     .     57 

solid   

.     .     89 

12  Point  No.  31,  leaded 

.     .     58 

8  Point  No.  31,  leaded  . 

.     .     90 

solid  

.     .     59 

solid   

.     .     91 

11  Point  No.  8,  leaded. 

.     .     60 

8  Point  No.  15,  leaded  . 

.     .     92 

solid  

.     .     61 

solid   

.     .     93 

11  Point  No.  36,  leaded 

.     .     62 

8  Point  No.  25,  leaded  . 

.     .     94 

solid  

.     .     63 

solid  

.     .     95 

11  Point  No.  37,  leaded 

.     .     64 

8  Point  No.  28,  leaded  . 

.     .     96 

solid  

.     .     65 

solid  

.     .     97 

11  Point  No.  31,  leaded 

.     .     66 

8  Point  No.  68,  leaded  . 

.     .     98 

solid  

.     .     67 

.     .     99 

11  Point  No.  25,  leaded 

.     .     68 

7  Point  No.  8,  leaded    . 

.     .  100 

solid  

.     .     69 

solid   

.     .  101 

10  Point  No.  8,  leaded  . 

.     .     70 

7  Point  No.  31,  leaded  . 

.     .  102 

sob'd  

.     .     71 

solid  

.     .  103 

10  Point  No.  1,  leaded  . 

.     .     72 

7  Point  No.  26,  leaded  . 

.     .  104 

solid  

.     .     73 

solid  

.     .  105 

10  Point  No.  36,  leaded 

.     .     74 

7  Point  No.  28,  leaded  . 

.     .  106 

solid  

.     .     75 

solid  

.     .  107 

10  Point  No.  37,  leaded 

.     .     76 

6  Point  No.  8,  leaded   . 

.     .  108 

solid  

.     .     77 

solid  

.     .  109 

10  Point  No.  31,  leaded 

.     .     78 

6  Point  No.  19,  leaded  . 

.     .  110 

solid  

.     .     79 

solid  

.     .  Ill 

10  Point  No.  25,  leaded 

.     .     80 

6  Point  No.  31,  leaded  . 

.     .  112 

solid  

.     .     81 

solid  

.     .  113 

9  Point  No.  8,  leaded   . 

„     .     82 

6  Point  No.  25,  leaded  . 

.     .  114 

solid  

.     .     83 

solid  

.     .  115 

9  Point  No.  31,  leaded  . 

.     .     84 

6  Point  No.  28,  leaded  . 

.     .  116 

solid  

.     .    85 

solid  

.     .  117 

8  Point  No.  8,  leaded   . 

.     .    86 

solid  

.     .    87 

INDEX 


VII 


HAND     TYPE 


PAGE 

18  Point  Old  Style,  leaded     .  120 

solid 121 

Great  Primer  Lightface: 

leaded 122 

solid 123 

Great  Primer  Modern,  leaded  124 

solid 125 

Great  Primer  Old  Style: 

leaded 126 

solid 127 

14  Point  Caslon,  leaded  .  .  128 

solid 129 

14  Point  Old  Style,  leaded  .  130 

solid 131 

English  Modern,  leaded  .  .  132 

solid 133 

English  Old  Style,  leaded  .  .  134 

solid 135 

12  Point  Scotch,  leaded  .  .  136 

solid 137 

12  Point  Caslon,  leaded  .  .  138 

solid 139 

12  Point  Old  Style,  leaded  .  140 

solid 141 

12  Point  Cheltenham,  leaded  .  142 

solid 143 

Three  Nick  Pica,  leaded  .  .  144 

solid 145 

Electro  Pica  Old  Style,  leaded  146 

solid 147 

11  Point  Modern,  leaded  .  .  148 

solid 149 

11  Point  Scotch,  leaded  .  .  150 

solid 151 

11  Point  Caslon,  leaded  .  .  152 

solid 153 

Small  Pica  No.  1,  leaded  .  .  154 

solid  .  .  155 


10  Point  Modern,  leaded   .     .  156 

solid 157 

10  Point  Scotch,  leaded  .  .  158 

solid 159 

10  Point  Caslon,  leaded  .  .  160 

solid 161 

10  Point  No.  20,  leaded  .  .162 

solid 163 

Long  Primer  No.  13,  leaded  .  164 

solid 165 

Long  Primer  Old  Style,  leaded  166 

solid 167 

Electro  Modern  Bourgeois: 

leaded 168 

solid 169 

Electro  Old  Style  Bourgeois: 

leaded 170 

solid 171 

8  Point  Farmer's  Roman: 

leaded 172 

solid 173 

8  Point  Scotch,  leaded  .  .  .174 

solid 175 

8  Point  Caslon,  leaded  .  .  .176 

solid 177 

8  Point  No.  20,  leaded  .  .  .178 

solid 176 

Brevier  No.  6,  leaded  .  .  .180 

solid 181 

Three  Nick  Minion,  leaded  .  182 

solid 183 

Electro  Minion  Old  Style: 

leaded 184 

solid 185 

6  Point  No.  20,  leaded  .  .  .186 

solid 187 

Copperface  Nonpareil,  leaded  188 

solid  .  .     .  189 


LINOTYPE 


2         TWELVE   POINT   DEVINNE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the 
bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of 
the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious 
lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capa- 
ble man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy, 
dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is, 
a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  out- 
set determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  pro- 
poses to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  print- 
ing, it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a 
perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading? 
Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to 
all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told 
the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and 
a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi- 
he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters 
in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 

Linotype  12  pt.  DeVinne  leaded.  28  lines,  230  words. 


TWELVE   POINT   DEVINNE         3 

EXPEKIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the 
bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of 
the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious 
lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capa- 
ble man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy, 
dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is, 
a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  out- 
set determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  pro- 
poses to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  print- 
ing, it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a 
perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading? 
Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to 
all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told 
the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and 
a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — 
he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters 
in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up 
one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to 


Linotype  12  pt.  DeVinne,  solid.  32  lines,  264  words. 


4  TWELVE  POINT  SCOTCH 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the 
bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad 
will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worth- 
less fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery 
of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he 
had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a 
perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is 
his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of 
age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  read- 
ing and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at 
which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctual- 
ity is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room 
—he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of 
the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going 
to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 

Linotype  12  pt.  Scotch,  leaded.  28  lines,  243  words. 


TWELVE  POINT  SCOTCH  5 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the 
bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad 
will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as-  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worth- 
less fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery 
of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he 
had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  lie  a 
*erfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is 
is  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of 
age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  read- 
ing and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at 
which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctual- 
ity is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room 
—he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of 
the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going 
to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to 
set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or 
to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be 
placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 


Linotype  12  pt.  Scotch,  solid.  32  lines,  279  words. 


6          TWELVE    POINT    CASLON 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend 
of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as 
unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worth- 
less fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails 
to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he 
did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of 
him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  educa- 
tion? Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn 
for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a 
strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  pre- 
parative for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the 

Linotype  12  pt.  Caslon,  leaded.  28  lines,  235  words. 


TWELVE    POINT   CASLON  7 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend 
of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as 
unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worth- 
less fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails 
to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he 
did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of 
him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  educa- 
tion? Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn 
for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a 
strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  pre- 
parative for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the 
art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to 
composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and 
show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman 
under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 


Linotype  12  pt.  Caslon,  solid.  32  lines,  272  words. 


8  ELEVEN   POINT   DEVINNE 

EXPEEIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend 
of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact 
is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  des- 
tiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  indus- 
try are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mys- 
tery of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a 
perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is 
his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of 
age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and 
errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to 
come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the 
pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art 
of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition, 
he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  fore- 
man or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 

Linotype  11  pt.  DeVinne,  leaded.  30  lines,  279  words. 


ELEVEN   POINT   DEVINNE  9 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend 
of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact 
is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  des- 
tiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  indus- 
try are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mys- 
tery of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a 
perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is 
his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of 
age  1  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and 
errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to 
come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the 
pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art 
of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition, 
he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  fore- 
man or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself. 
When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies 
the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  in- 
clined, and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to 
lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line, 

Linotype  11  pt.  DeVinne,  solid.  36  lines,  335  words. 


10  ELEVEN    POINT    SCOTCH 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright, 
obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worth- 
less fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly 
be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a 
turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is 
to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi- 
he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for 
"going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one 
line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman 
under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the 
line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  cor- 
rect them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it 

Linotype  11  pt.  Scotch,  leaded.  30  lines,  304  words. 


ELEVEN    POINT    SCOTCH  11 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright, 
obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worth- 
less fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly 
be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master- workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a 
turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is 
to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — 
he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for 
"going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one 
line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman 
under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the 
line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  cor- 
rect them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it 
from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly 
inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it 
out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when 
the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal 
distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be 

Linotype  11  pt.  Scotch,  solid.  36  lines,  364  words. 


12        ELEVEN    POINT    NUMBER    ONE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the 
bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as 
unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worth- 
less fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails 
to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he 
did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of 
him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  educa- 
tion? Is  he  a  perfect  speller  f  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps 
the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  prepara- 
tive for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of 
composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composi- 
tion, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to 


Linotype  11  pt.  No.  1,  leaded.  30  lines,  259  words. 


ELEVEN    POINT    NUMBER    ONE         13 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the 
bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as 
unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worth- 
less fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails 
to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he 
did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of 
him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  educa- 
tion? Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps 
the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  prepara- 
tive for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of 
composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composi- 
tion, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to 
the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line 
are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to 
correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  per- 
fectly correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  corn- 
Linotype  11  pt.'No.  1,  solid.  36  lines,  310  words. 


14         ELEVEN   POINT    NUMBEK   NINE 

EXPEDIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capa- 
ble man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fel- 
low. The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his 
own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowl- 
edge of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  pro- 
poses to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education  ?  Is  lie  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and 
errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going 
to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line 
and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line 
are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them 
himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  jus- 
tifies the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 

Linotype  11  pt.  No.  9,  leaded.  30  lines,  307  words. 


ELEVEN   POINT    NUMBEK   NINE          15 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capa- 
ble man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fel- 
low. The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his 
own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowl- 
edge of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  pro- 
poses to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education  ?  Is  lie  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and 
errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going 
to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line 
and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line 
are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them 
himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  jus- 
tifies the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and 
yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease. 
In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the 
words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is 
printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances 
apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on, 

Linotype  11  pt.  No.  9,  solid.  36  lines,  367  words. 


16  ELEVEN    POINT    CASLON 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend 
of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact 
is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  des- 
tiny; and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  indus- 
try are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mys- 
tery of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a 
perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is 
his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of 
age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and 
errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to 
come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the 
pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art 
of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition, 
he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  fore- 
man or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 

Linotype  11  pt.  Caslon,  leaded.  30  lines,  279  words. 


ELEVEN    POINT    CASLON  17 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend 
of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact 
is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  des- 
tiny; and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  indus- 
try are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mys- 
tery of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a 
erfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is 
is  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of 
age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and 
errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to 
come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the 
pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art 
of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition, 
he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  fore- 
man or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself. 
When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies 
the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined, 
and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out 
with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 

Linotype  11  pt.  Caslon.  solid.  36  lines,  335  words. 


i8  ELEVEN    POINT    OLD    STYLE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of 
the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy, 
dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 
measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he 
fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at 
his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When 
a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired 
of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education? 
Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading? 
Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of 
age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and 
go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for 
"going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing 
type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to 
set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed. 
The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he 
is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words 

Linotype  11  pt.  Old  Style,  leaded.  30  lines,  292  words. 


ELEVEN    POINT    OLD    STYLE  19 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of 
the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy, 
dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 
measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he 
fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at 
his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When 
a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired 
of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education? 
Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading? 
Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of 
age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and 
go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for 
"going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing 
type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to 
set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed. 
The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he 
is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words 
are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing- 
stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to 
enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing 
out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be 
so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the 

Linotype  11  pt.  Old  Style,  solid.  36  lines,  350  words. 


20  TEN   POINT    DEVINNE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obe- 
dient, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and 
capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worth- 
less fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly 
be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller f  Has  he  a 
turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is 
to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — 
he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case/'  or  learning  the  art  of  composing 
type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up 
one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journey- 
man under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors 
in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it 
from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly 
inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift 
it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 


Linotype  10  pt.  DeVinne,  leaded.  33  lines,  335  words. 


TEN   POINT    DEYINNE  21 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obe- 
dient, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and 
capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worth- 
less fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly 
be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education?  7s  he  a  perfect  speller f  Has  he  a 
turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is 
to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — 
he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing 
type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up 
one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journey- 
man under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors 
in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it 
from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly 
inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift 
it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the 
matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal 
distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be 
to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he 
becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine 
to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well 


Linotype  10  pt.  DeVinne,  solid.  39  lines,  398  words. 


22  TEN    POINT    SCOTCH 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  pro- 
poses to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and 
errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent 
in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to 
case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he 
is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and 
show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed 
out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself. 
When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the 
line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when 
the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus 
spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must 

Linotype  10  pt.  Scotch,  leaded.  33  lines,  339  words. 


TEN    POINT    SCOTCH  23 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  pro- 
poses to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education?  7*  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and 
errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent 
in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to 
case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he 
is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and 
show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed 
out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself. 
When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the 
line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when 
the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus 
spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must 
be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the 
words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter 
how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The 
grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do 
his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a 


Linotype  10  pt.  Scotch,  solid.  39  lines,  405  words. 


24  TEN   POINT    NUMBER   THIRTEEN 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at 
his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- workman.  Good  morals 
and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mys- 
tery of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he 
under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to 
all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  posi- 
tion of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this 
way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to 
composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the 
foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him, 
and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words 
are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing- 
stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable 
him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line, 
the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that, 
when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at 

Linotype  10  pt.  No.  13,  leaded.  33  lines,  348  words. 


TEN   POINT    NUMBEK   THIKTEEN  25 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at 
his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals 
and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mys- 
tery of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he 
under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to 
all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  posi- 
tion of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this 
way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to 
composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the 
foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him, 
and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words 
are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing- 
stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable 
him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line, 
the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that, 
when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at 
equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may 
be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he 
becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to 
be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and 
correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence. 
He  sets  a  second  line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless 


Linotype  10  pt.  No.  13,  solid.  39  lines,  419  words. 


26  TEN    POINT   CASLON 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact 
is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if 
he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which 
he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset 
determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing, 
it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn 
for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a 
strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the 
various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art 
of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is 
told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to 
the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined, 
and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with 
ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the 
words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed, 
all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No 

Linotype  10  pt.  Caslon,  leaded.  33  lines,  358  words. 


TEN    POINT   CASLON  27 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact 
is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if 
he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which 
he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset 
determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing, 
it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn 
for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a 
strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the 
various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art 
of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is 
told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to 
the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined, 
and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with 
ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the 
words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed, 
all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No 
matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled 
at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The 
grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his 
work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural 
consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been 
made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the 


Linotype  10  pt.  Caslon,  solid.  39  lines,  429  words. 


28  TEN   POINT  OLD   STYLE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  pro- 
poses to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and 
errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent 
in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to 
case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he 
is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and 
show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed 
out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself. 
When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line 
tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the 
composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus 
spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must 

Linotype  10  pt.  Old  Style,  leaded.  33  lines,  339  words. 


TEN    POINT    OLD    STYLE  29 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  pro- 
poses to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and 
errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent 
in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to 
case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he 
is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and 
show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed 
out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself. 
When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line 
tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the 
composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus 
spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must 
be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the 
words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter 
how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The 
grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do 
his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a 


Linotype  10  pt.  Old  Style,  solid.  39  lines,  405  words. 


30       TEN    POINT    OLD    STYLE    ANTIQUE 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obe- 
dient, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put, 
it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  de- 
termine to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and 
steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  per- 
fect speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A 
true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle 
him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He 
is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and 
a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps 
the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this 
way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case," 
or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is 
put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and 
show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line 
are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct 
them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct, 
he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  in- 
clined, and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift 

Linotype  10  pt.  Old  Style  Antique,  leaded.          33  lines,  323  words. 


TEN    POINT    OLD    STYLE   ANTIQUE        31 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obe- 
dient, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put, 
it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  de- 
termine to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and 
steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  per- 
fect speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A 
true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle 
him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He 
is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and 
a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps 
the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this 
way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case," 
or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is 
put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and 
show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line 
are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct 
them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct, 
he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  in- 
clined, and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift 
it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that, 
when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear 
at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient 
he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exer- 
cise till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The 


Linotype  10  pt.  Old  Style  Antique,  solid.  39  lines,  383  words. 


32  NINE   POINT   NUMBER   THIRTEEN 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling*,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact 
is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his 
outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals 
and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mys- 
tery of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he 
under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to 
all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to 
come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to 
composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the 
foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be 
placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and 
he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words 
are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to 
prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him 
to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when 
the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal 
distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to 
get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes 
a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled 


Linotype  9  pt.  No.  13,  leaded.  36  lines,  388  words. 


NINE   POINT   NUMBER   THIRTEEN  33 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling1,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact 
is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his 
outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals 
and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mys- 
tery of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he 
under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to 
all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to 
come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to 
composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the 
foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be 
placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and 
he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words 
are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to 
prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him 
to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when 
the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal 
distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to 
get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes 
a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled 
into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a 
second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  pro- 
ceeds with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The 
utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every 
line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to 
empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass 
in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  ver- 


Linotype  9  pt.  No.  13,  solid.  44  lines,  478  words. 


34  NINE   POINT  OLD   STYLE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact 
is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if 
he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which 
he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset 
determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing, 
it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn 
for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and 
a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the 
various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art 
of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is 
told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to 
the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined, 
and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with 
ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the 
words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed, 
all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  mat- 
ter how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The 
grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his 


Linotype  9  pt.  Old  Style,  leaded.  36  lines,  396  words. 


NINE   POINT  OLD   STYLE  35 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact 
is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if 
he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which 
he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset 
determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing, 
it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn 
for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and 
a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the 
various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art 
of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is 
told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to 
the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined, 
and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with 
ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the 
words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed, 
all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  mat- 
ter how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The 
grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his 
work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural 
consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been 
made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the 
stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every 
letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position ;  and  when 
he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the 
entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to 


Linotype  9  pt.  Old  Style,  solid.  44  lines,  488  words 


36  EIGHT   POINT    NUMBER   NINETEEN 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  disso- 
lute, and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-work- 
man. Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When 
a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller t  Has 
he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He 
is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he 
sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters 
in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show 
it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and 
he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it 
from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined, 
and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease. 
In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must 
be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words 
will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient 
he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he 
becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be 
instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second 
line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the 
third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical 
position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be 
taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and 

Linotype  8  pt.  No.  19,  leaded.  40  lines,  473  words. 


EIGHT   POINT    NUMBER   NINETEEN  37 

EXPEEIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  disso- 
lute, and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-work- 
man. Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When 
a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has 
he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He 
is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he 
sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters 
in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show 
it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and 
he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it 
from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined, 
and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease. 
In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must 
be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words 
will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient 
he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he 
becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be 
instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second 
line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the 
third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical 
position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be 
taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and 
to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines 
are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult 
afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice 
has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type, 
and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from 
"p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught 
to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently 
grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on 
the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  dis- 
tributing the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the 

Linotype  8  pt.  No.  19,  solid.  50  lines,  593  words. 


38  EIGHT    POINT   NUMBER    FOUR 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the 
inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious 
lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 
measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put, 
it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine 
to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  educa- 
tion? Is  he  a  perfect  speller f  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is 
his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at 
which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  en- 
joined upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — 
he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going 
to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is 
put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it 
to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him, 
and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words 
are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to 
prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to 
lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  mat- 
ter is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances 
apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he 
must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough 
master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at 
first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  fol- 
low as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and 
after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third, 
and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical 

Linotype  8  pt.  No.  4,  leaded.  40  lines,  449  words. 


EIGHT    POINT    NUMBEK   FOUK  39 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the 
inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious 
lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling1,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 
measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put, 
it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine 
to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  educa- 
tion? Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is 
his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at 
which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  en- 
joined upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — 
he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going 
to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is 
put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it 
to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him, 
and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words 
are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to 
prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to 
lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  mat- 
ter is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances 
apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he 
must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough 
master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at 
first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  fol- 
low as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and 
after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third, 
and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical 
position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be 
taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and 
to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines 
are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult 
afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  appren- 
tice has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of 
every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q," 
and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his 
own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter 
than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he 

Linotype  8  pt.  No.  4,  solid.  50  lines,  561  words. 


40  EIGHT    POINT   OLD   STYLE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dis- 
solute, and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the 
art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and 
a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — 
he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters 
in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line 
and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to 
prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift 
it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between 
the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed, 
all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how 
impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise 
till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine 
to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  cor- 
rectly ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets 
a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds 
with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care 
must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact 
vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must 
be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to 


Linotype  8  pt.  Old  Style,  leaded.  40  lines,  474  words. 


EIGHT    POINT    OLD    STYLE  41 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dis- 
solute, and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  •  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the 
art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and 
a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — 
he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters 
in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line 
and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to 
prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift 
it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between 
the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed, 
all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how 
impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise 
till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine 
to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  cor- 
rectly; swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets 
a  second  line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds 
with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care 
must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact 
vertical  position ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must 
be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to 
place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are 
allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  after- 
ward to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has 
become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and 
can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p," 
he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to 
take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently 
grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on 
the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  dis- 
tributing the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between 


Linotype  8  pt.  Old  Style,  solid.  50  lines,  592  words. 


42  SEVEN    POINT    NUMBER    ONE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals 
and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  edu- 
cation? Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is 
his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which 
he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this 
way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning 
the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is 
told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in 
the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them 
himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the 
line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  com- 
posing-stick is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable 
him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the 
matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances 
apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be 
drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it. 
The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his 
work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  con- 
sequence. He  sets  a  second  line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made 
faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is 
full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and 
every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position ;  and  when  he  essays  to 
empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one 
square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the 
galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  side- 
wise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After 
the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of 
every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and 


Linotype  7  pt.  No.  1,  leaded.  44  lines,  525  words. 


SEVEN    POINT    NUMBER    ONE  43 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals 
and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  edu- 
cation? 7s  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is 
his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which 
he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this 
way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning 
the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is 
told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in 
the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them 
himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the 
line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  com- 
posing-stick is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable 
him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the 
matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances 
apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be 
drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it. 
The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his 
work  well  and  correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  con- 
sequence. He  sets  a  second  line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made 
faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is 
full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and 
every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position ;  and  when  he  essays  to 
empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one 
square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the 
galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  side- 
wise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After 
the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of 
every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and 
"d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use. 
He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can 
conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the 
light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it. 
In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between 
the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are 
lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and 
as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the 
acquisition  of  bad  habits :  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types 
are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick  several  times 
before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding 
these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does  not 
possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at 


Linotype  7  pt.  No.  1,  solid.  57  lines,  680  words. 


44  SIX    POINT    NUMBER    ONE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny  ;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he 
is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine 
to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller f 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is 
told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality 
is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — 
he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition, 
he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the 
line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  him- 
self. When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 
enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out 
with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the 
words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the 
words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient 
he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes 
a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into 
him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly  ;  swiftness  will  fol- 
low as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line  ;  and  after  it 
has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the 
stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and 
every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position  ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty 
the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square 
solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If 
the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  diffi- 
cult afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice 
has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and 
can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he 
is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take 
up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his 
left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the 
type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various 
letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of 
his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective 
boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cau- 
tioned against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits :  such  as  swinging  the 


Linotype  6  pt.  No.  1,  leaded.  50  lines,  632  words. 


SIX    POINT    NUMBER    ONE  45 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny  ;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he 
is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine 
to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller f 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is 
told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality 
is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — 
he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition, 
he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the 
line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  him- 
self. When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 
enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out 
with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the 
words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the 
words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient 
he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes 
a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into 
him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly  ;  swiftness  will  fol- 
low as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line  ;  and  after  it 
has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the 
stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and 
every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position  ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty 
the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square 
solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If 
the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  diffi- 
cult afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice 
has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and 
can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he 
is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take 
up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his 
left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the 
type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various 
letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of 
his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective 
boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cau- 
tioned against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits :  such  as  swinging  the 
body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick 
several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc.  While 
avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does 
not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie 
at  the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the 
office  in  coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work  ; 
and  the  mind  being  cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the 
body  feels  the  influence,  and  is  strengthened  ;  and  when  the  quitting 
hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work  accomplished  will  satisfy  himself 
and  his  master  too.  The  most  successful  masters  have  been  distin- 
guished for  punctuality.  The  apprentice's  time  is  not  his  own,  but 
his  master's  property  ;  and  wasting  it  by  want  of  punctuality,  or  idling 
during  his  master's  absence,  is  simply  equivalent  to  stealing.  The 
second  point  is 

Obedience. — The  apprentice  has  no  right  to  question  orders  given  by 

Linotype  6  pt.  No.  1,  solid.  66  lines,  802  words. 


46  SIX    POINT    NUMBER    THREE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  Industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  care- 
less boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he 
fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair 
common-school  education?  Is  fie  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A 
true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is 
to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room— he  sorts  out  the  pi— he  learns  the  position  of  the 
various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show 
it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be 
placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he 
justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when 
the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to 
enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter 
is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  mat- 
ter how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this 
exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine 
to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line; 
and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and 
so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep 
every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he 
essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in 
one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the 
galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise, 
it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the 
apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every 
type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from 
"p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught 
to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp 
In  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of 
the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various 
letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of 
his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective 
boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cau- 
tioned against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body 
as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick  several 


Linotype  6  pt.  No.  3,  leaded.  50  lines,  646  words. 


SIX    POINT    NUMBER    THREE  47 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  care- 
less boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he 
fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair 
common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A 
true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is 
to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the 
various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show 
it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be 
placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he 
justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when 
the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to 
enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter 
is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  mat- 
ter how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this 
exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine 
to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line; 
and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and 
so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep 
every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he 
essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in 
one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the 
galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise, 
it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the 
apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every 
type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from 
"p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught 
to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp 
in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of 
the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various 
letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of 
his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective 
boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cau- 
tioned against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body 
as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick  several 
times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding 
these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does  not  possess 
them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at  the  founda- 
tion of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality.— Re  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the 
office  in  coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work; 
and  the  mind  being  cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the 
body  feels  the  influence,  and  is  strengthened;  and  when  the  quitting 
hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work  accomplished  will  satisfy  himself  and 
his  master  too.  The  most  successful  masters  have  been  distinguished 
for  punctuality.  The  apprentice's  time  is  not  his  own,  but  his  master's 
property;  and  wasting  it  by  want  of  punctuality,  or  idling  during  his 
master's  absence,  is  simply  equivalent  to  stealing.  The  second  point  is 

Obedience.— The  apprentice  has  no  right  to  question  orders  given  by 
the  master  or  his  deputy.  His  duty  is  promptly  to  do  as  he  is  told, 
without  grumbling  or  dissatisfaction.  Let  him  remember  that  he  is 

Linotype  6  pt.  No.  3,  solid.  66  lines,  827  words. 


48  SIX    POINT    OLD    STYLE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just 
as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at 
his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  pro- 
poses to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of 
him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle 
him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at 
which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the 
various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  pre- 
parative for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the 
foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct 
them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line 
tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with 
ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must 
be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear 
at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on, 
he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it. 
The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well 
and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a 
second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the 
third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to 
keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when 
he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in 
one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley. 
If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult 
afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become 
thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish 
"u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  dis- 
tribute type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no 
more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he 
holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily 
read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between 
the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly 
dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds, 
the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits:  such 
as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against 
the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc. 
While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he 
does  not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at 


Linotype  6  pt.  Old  Style,  leaded.  50  lines,  680  worda 


SIX    POINT    OLD    STYLE  49 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just 
as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at 
his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  pro- 

Eoses  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of 
im,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle 
him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at 
which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the 
various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  pre- 

Earative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
e  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the 
foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct 
them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line 
tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with 
ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must 
be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear 
at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on, 
he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it. 
The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well 
and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a 
second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the 
third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to 
keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when 
he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in 
one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley. 
If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult 
afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become 
thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish 
"u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  dis- 
tribute type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no 
more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he 
holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily 
read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between 
the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly 
dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds, 
the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits:  such 
as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against 
the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc. 
While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he 
does  not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at 
the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office 
in  coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work;  and  the 
mind  being  cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels 
the  influence,  and  is  strengthened;  and  when  the  quitting  hour  arrives, 
the  amount  of  work  accomplished  will  satisfy  himself  and  his  master  too. 
The  most  successful  masters  have  been  distinguished  for  punctuality.  The 
apprentice's  time  is  not  his  own,  but  his  master's  property;  and  wasting  it 
by  want  of  punctuality  or  idling  during  his  master's  absence,  is  simply 
equivalent  to  stealing.  The  second  point  is 

Obedience. — The  apprentice  has  no  right  to  question  orders  given  by  the 
master  or  his  deputy.  His  duty  is  promptly  to  do  as  he  is  told,  without 
grumbling  or  dissatisfaction.  Let  him  remember  that  he  is  under  orders, 
and  that,  if  he  ever  expects  to  learn  how  to  command,  he  must  learn  in 
his  youth  how  to  obey.  He  will  promote  his  own  interests  by  seeking  to 
anticipate  his  master's  wishes,  and  by  endeavoring  to  make  himself  so  use- 


Linotype  6  pt.  Old  Style,  solid.  66  lines,  869  words. 


50  FIVE    AND    ONE-HALF    POINT    NUMBER    THREE 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely 
as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obe- 
dient, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and 
worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-work- 
man. Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he 
a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle 
him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which 
he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps 
the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to 
case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he 
Is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him, 
and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct, 
he  Justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  com- 
posing-stick Is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift 
it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear 
at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he 
must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The 
grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  cor- 
rectly; swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and 
after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the 
stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line 
in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be 
taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward 
or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the 
apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and 
can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed 
to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more 
matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  In  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that 
the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  dis- 
tributing the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and 
forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respec- 
tive boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned 
against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types 
are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it 
in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a 
learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does  not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or 
principles  which  lie  at  the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office  in 
coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work;  and  the  mind  being 
cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels  the  influence,  and  is 
strengthened;  and  when  the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work  accom- 
plished will  satisfy  himself  and  his  master  too.  The  most  successful  masters 
have  been  distinguished  for  punctuality.  The  apprentice's  time  is  not  his  own, 
but  his  master's  property;  and  wasting  it  by  want  of  punctuality,  or  idling  dur- 

Linotype  5  1-2  pt.  No.  3,  leaded.  54  lines,  778  words. 


FIVE    AND    ONE-HALF    POINT    NUMBER    THREE  51 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  -workman,  just  as  surely 
as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obe- 
dient, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and 
worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-work- 
man. Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he 
a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle 
him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which 
he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps 
the  room— he  sorts  out  the  pi— he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to 
case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he 
is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him, 
and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct, 
he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  com- 
posing-stick is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufllciently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift 
it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear 
at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he 
must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The 
grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  cor- 
rectly; swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and 
after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the 
stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line 
in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be 
taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward 
or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the 
apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and 
can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed 
to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more 
matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that 
the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  dis- 
tributing the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and 
forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respec- 
tive boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned 
against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types 
are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it 
in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a 
learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does  not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or 
principles  which  lie  at  the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office  in 
coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work ;  and  the  mind  being 
cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels  the  influence,  and  is 
strengthened;  and  when  the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work  accom- 
plished will  satisfy  himself  and  his  master  too.  The  most  successful  masters 
have  been  distinguished  for  punctuality.  The  apprentice's  time  is  not  his  own, 
but  his  master's  property;  and  wasting  it  by  want  of  punctuality,  or  idling  dur- 
ing his  master's  absence,  is  simply  equivalent  to  stealing.  The  second  point  is 

Obedience. — The  apprentice  has  no  right  to  question  orders  given  by  the  master 
or  his  deputy.  His  duty  is  promptly  to  do  as  he  is  told,  without  grumbling  or 
dissatisfaction.  Let  him  remember  that  he  is  under  orders,  and  that,  if  he  ever 
expects  to  learn  how  to  command,  he  must  learn  in  his  youth  how  to  obey.  He 
will  promote  his  own  interests  by  seeking  to  anticipate  his  master's  wishes,  and 
by  endeavoring  to  make  himself  so  useful  that  his  services  cannot  well  be  dis- 
pensed with.  Akin  to  this  is 

Courtesy. — Good  manners  in  a  youth  are  wonderfully  pleasing,  and  effectively 
aid  in  his  advancement.  Courtesy  toward  his  master  is  a  matter  of  course,  and 
deserving  of  little  commendation;  but  he  must  be  courteous  to  customers  when 
sent  out  on  an  errand,  and  courteous  to  the  workmen  in  the  office.  By  this  means 
he  will  secure  good-will,  and  many  a  friendly  hint  will  be  given  to  him  in 
acquiring  a  knowledge  of  the  art.  The  habit  when  fixed  will  bless  him  and  others 
as  long  aa  he  lives. 

Position. — The  standing  position  of  a  compositor  should  be  perfectly  upright, 
without  stiffness  or  restraint;  the  shoulders  thrown  back,  the  feet  firm  on  the 
floor,  heels  nearly  closed,  and  toes  turned  out  to  form  an  angle  of  about  forty- 
five  degrees.  The  head  and  body  should  be  kept  perfectly  steady,  except  when 


Linotype  5  1-2  pt.  No.  3,  solid.  73  lines,  1023  words. 


52         TWELVE    POINT    ORIGINAL 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of 
the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact 
is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  des- 
tiny; and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  indus- 
try are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery 
of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he 
had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  per- 
fect s feller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading*?  Is  his 
eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will 
entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — 
he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the 
case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  pre- 
parative for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of 
composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition, 
he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  fore- 
Linotype  12  pt.  Original  Old  Style,  leaded.  28  lines,  259  words. 


TWELVE    POINT    ORIGINAL         53 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of 
the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact 
is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  des- 
tiny; and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  indus- 
try are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery 
of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he 
had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  per- 
fect speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his 
eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will 
entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — 
he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the 
case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  pre- 
parative for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of 
composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition, 
he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  fore- 
man or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself. 
When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies 


Linotype  12  pt.  Original  Old  Style,  solid.  32  lines,  297  words. 


54  TEN  POINT   CLABENDON 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 

EIGHT  POINT   CLARENDON 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the 
inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad 
will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 

EIGHT   POINT   TITLE   No.    i 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the 
inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad 
will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 

EIGHT    POINT    IONIC 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 

SIX     POINT     BOLDFACE 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
•workman,  Just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  Inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
Industrious  lad  Trill  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and 
capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling;, 
careless  boy  Trill  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worth- 
less fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  inaster- 


Linotype  Job  Faces.  For  headings  and  full-face  in  text. 


MONOTYPE 


56        TWELVE  POINT  NO.  EIGHT 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the 
bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad 
will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worth- 
less fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he 
did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of 
him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  educa- 
tion? Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps 
the  room — he  sorts  out  the-  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  prepara- 
tive for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of 

Monotype  12  pt.  No.  8,  leaded.  28  lines,  238  words. 


TWELVE  POINT  NO.  EIGHT        57 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the 
bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad 
will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worth- 
less fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he 
did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of 
him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  educa- 
tion? Is  he  a  perfect  speller  f  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps 
the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  prepara- 
tive for  " going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of 
composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composi- 
tion, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to 
the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line 


Monotype  12  pt.  No.  8,  solid.  32  lines,  276  words. 


58    TWELVE  POINT  NO.  THIRTY-ONE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of 
the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is, 
a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of 
printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A 
true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will 
entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he 
learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing 
type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to 
set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 

Monotype  12  pt.  No.  31,  leaded.  28  lines,  263  words. 


TWELVE  POINT  NO.  THIRTY-ONE    59 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of 
the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is, 
a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of 
printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A 
true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will 
entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he 
learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing 
type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to 
set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed. 
The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and 
he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 


Monotype  12  pt.  No.  31,  solid.  32  lines,  300  words. 


60         ELEVEN  POINT  NUMBER  EIGHT 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obe- 
dient, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  deter- 
mine to  be  a  master- workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of 
printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair 
common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has 
he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he 
under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of 
reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which 
he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  en- 
joined upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the 
pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the 
case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  prepara- 
tive for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told 
to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  re- 
quired to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to 


Monotype  11  pt.  No.  8,  leaded.  30  lines,  302  words. 


ELEVEN  POINT  NUMBER  EIGHT          61 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obe- 
dient, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  deter- 
mine to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of 
printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair 
common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has 
he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he 
under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of 
reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which 
he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  en- 
joined upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the 
pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the 
case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  prepara- 
tive for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told 
to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  re- 
quired to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to 
prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick 
is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable 
him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the 
line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  grad- 
uated that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words 
will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how 

Monotype  11  pt.  No.  8,  solid.  36  lines,  360  words. 


62  ELEVEN   POINT  SCOTCH 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he 
did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When 
a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the 
art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a 
perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to 
the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punct- 
uality is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he 
sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  let- 
ters in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told 
to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  in- 

Monotype  11  pt.  No.  36,  leaded.  30  lines,  313  words. 


ELEVEN   POINT   SCOTCH  63 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he 
did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When 
a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the 
art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a 
perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to 
the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punct- 
uality is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he 
sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  let- 
ters in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told 
to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  in- 
clined, and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it 
out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the 
matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  dis- 
tances apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to 
get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes 

Monotype  11  pt.  No.  36,  solid.  36  lines,  377  words. 


64  ELEVEN   POINT   CASLON 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a 
lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art 
and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  an- 
swer to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of 
reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he 
is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent 
in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case," 
or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to 
composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to 
the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to 
him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When 
the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 
enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  compos- 
ing-stick is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to 

Monotype  11  pt.  No.  37,  leaded.  30  lines,  319  words. 


ELEVEN   POINT  CASLON  65 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a 
lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art 
and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  be  a  perfect 
speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  an- 
swer to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of 
reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he 
is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent 
in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case," 
or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to 
composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to 
the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to 
him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When 
the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 
enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  compos- 
ing-stick is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to 
enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out 
the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  grad- 
uated that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will 
appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient 
he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till 
he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine 

Monotype  11  pt.  No.  37,  solid.  36  lines,  385  words. 


66        ELEVEN   POINT  NO.  THIRTY-ONE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he 
did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When 
a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the 
art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a 
perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to 
the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punct- 
uality is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he 
sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  let- 
ters in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told 
to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  in- 

Monotype  11  pt.  No.  31,  leaded.  30  lines,  313  words. 


ELEVEN  POINT  NO.  THIRTY-ONE        67 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he 
did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When 
a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the 
art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a 
perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to 
the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punct- 
uality is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he 
sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  let- 
ters in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told 
to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  in- 
clined, and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it 
out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the 
matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  dis- 
tances apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to 
get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes 

Monotype  11  pt.  No.  31,  solid."  36  lines,  377  words. 


68     ELEVEN  POINT  OLD  STYLE  ANTIQUE 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright, 
obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the 
perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy, 
dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy 
is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if 
he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-work- 
man. Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  quali- 
ties proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing, 
it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  com- 
mon-school education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is 
he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative 
answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to 
case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line 
and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman 
under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in 
the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 


Monotype  11  pt.  No.  25,  leaded.  30  lines,  285  words. 


ELEVEN  POINT  OLD  STYLE  ANTIQUE     69 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright, 
obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the 
perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy, 
dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy 
is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if 
he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-work- 
man. Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  quali- 
ties proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing, 
it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  com- 
mon-school education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is 
he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative 
answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to 
case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line 
and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman 
under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in 
the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  per- 
fectly correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to 
prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing- 
stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to 
enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing 
out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be 

Monotype  11  pt.  No.  25,  solid.  36  lines,  340  words. 


70  TEN   POINT   NUMBER  EIGHT 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a 
lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art 
and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  an- 
swer to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position 
of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which 
he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  hun.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — 
he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for 
"going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line 
and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are 
pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them 
himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  jus- 
tifies the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down 
when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet 
sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In 
thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all 

Monotype  10  pt.  No.  8,  leaded.  33  lines,  349  words. 


TEN   POINT   NUMBER   EIGHT  71 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny  ; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a 
lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art 
and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller  f  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  an- 
swer to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position 
of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which 
he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — 
he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for 
"going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line 
and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are 
pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them 
himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  jus- 
tifies the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down 
when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet 
sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In 
thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all 
the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter 
how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The 
grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his 
work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural 
consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line ;  and  after  it  has  been 


Monotype  10  pt.  No.  8,  solid.  39  lines,  417  words. 


72  TEN  POINT  NUMBER  ONE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the 
inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious 
lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  un- 
mistakably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy 
is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails 
to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 
put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  de- 
termine to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  read- 
ing? Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him 
to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality 
is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out 
the  pi— he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the 
case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for 
"going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show 
it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to 
him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to 
lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  mat- 
ter is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances 
apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he 

Monotype  10  pt.  No.  1,  leaded.  33  lines,  368  words. 


TEN  POINT  NUMBER  ONE  73 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the 
inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious 
lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  un- 
mistakably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy 
is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails 
to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 
put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  de- 
termine to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  read- 
ing? Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him 
to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality 
is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out 
the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the 
case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for 
"going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show 
it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to 
him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to 
lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  mat- 
ter is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances 
apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he 
must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough 
master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at 
first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow 
as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after 
it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so 
on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to 


Monotype  10  pt.  No.  1,  solid.  39  lines,  439  words. 


74  TEN   POINT   SCOTCH 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  in- 
clination of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  disso- 
lute, and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  be- 
cause he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a 
lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a 
fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has 
he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a 
strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — 
he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show 
it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and 
he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it 
from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined, 
and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease. 
In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must 
be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words 
will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impa- 
tient he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till 
he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be 

Monotype  10  pt.  No.  36,  leaded.  33  lines,  387  words. 


TEN   POINT   SCOTCH  75 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  in- 
clination of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  disso- 
lute, and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  be- 
cause he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a 
lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a 
fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has 
he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a 
strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — 
he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show 
it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and 
he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it 
from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined, 
and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease. 
In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must 
be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words 
will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impa- 
tient he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till 
he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be 
instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second 
line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the 
third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical 
position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught 


Monotype  10  pt.  No.  36,  solid.  39  lines,  462  words. 


76  TEN   POINT   CASLON 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination 
of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate 
a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  per- 
verse, idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and 
worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of 
his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals 
and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  pos- 
sesses these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  print- 
ing, it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education  ?  Is  be  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ? 
Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he 
is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of 
the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  ex- 
cellent preparative  for  "going  to  case,'*  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up 
one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed 
out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When 
the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly 
inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with 
ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the 
words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  im- 
patient he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise 
till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to 
be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 

Monotype  10  pt.  No.  37,  leaded.  33  lines,  400  words. 


TEN   POINT  CASLON  77 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination 
of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate 
a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  per- 
verse, idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and 
worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of 
his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals 
and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  pos- 
sesses these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  print- 
ing, it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading? 
Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he 
is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of 
the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  ex- 
cellent preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up 
one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed 
out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When 
the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly 
inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with 
ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the 
words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  im- 
patient he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise 
till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to 
be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second 
line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the 
third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  posi- 
tion; and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to 
lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 


Monotype  10  pt.  No.  37,  solid.  39  lines,  477  words. 


78          TEN   POINT   NUMBER   THIRTY-ONE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  in- 
clination of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad 
will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 
measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put, 
it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine 
to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be 
inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ? 
Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirm- 
ative answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position 
of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he 
is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  com- 
position, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  fore- 
man or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed. 
The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  re- 
quired to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  per- 
fectly correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it 
from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  in- 
clined, and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out 
with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between 
the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is 
printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be 

Monotype  10  pt.  No.  31,  leaded.  33  lines,  370  words. 


TEN   POINT   NUMBER   THIRTY-ONE  79 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  in- 
clination of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad 
will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 
measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put, 
it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine 
to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be 
inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ? 
Is  he  a  perject  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirm- 
ative answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position 
of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he 
is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  " going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  com- 
position, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  fore- 
man or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed. 
The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  re- 
quired to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  per- 
fectly correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it 
from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  in- 
clined, and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out 
with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between 
the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is 
printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be 
drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of 
it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is, 
to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a 
natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it  has 
been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till 
the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep 


Monotype  10  pt.  No.  31,  solid.  39  lines,  340  words. 


8o  TEN  POINT   OLD   STYLE  ANTIQUE 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedi- 
ent, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and 
worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a 
master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine 
to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  in- 
dustry are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of 
printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a 
fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is 
he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of 
reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which 
he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  en- 
joined upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out 
the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  pre- 
parative for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told 
to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  re- 
quired to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  per- 
fectly correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  pre- 
vent it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable 
him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the 

Monotype  10  pt.  No.  25,  leaded.  33  lines,  332  words. 


TEN  POINT   OLD   STYLE  ANTIQUE  81 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedi- 
ent, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and 
worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a 
master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine 
to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  in- 
dustry are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of 
printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a 
fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is 
he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of 
reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which 
he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  en- 
joined upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out 
the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  pre- 
parative for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told 
to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  re- 
quired to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  per- 
fectly correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  pre- 
vent it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable 
him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the 
line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated 
that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear 
at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he 
may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till 
he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine 
to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well 


Monotype  10  pt.  No.  25,  solid  39  lines,  398  words. 


82  NINE  POINT  NUMBER  EIGHT 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  in- 
clination of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad 
will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 
measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put, 
it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to 
be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  pro- 
poses to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  in- 
quired of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education? 
Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirm- 
ative answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position 
of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he 
is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this 
way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning 
the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition, 
he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to 
the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to 
correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct, 
he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down 
when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  suffi- 
ciently loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus 
spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so 
graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will 
appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient 
he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he 
becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be 
instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a 

Monotype  9  pt.  No.  8,  leaded.  36  lines,  410  words. 


NINE  POINT  NUMBER  EIGHT  83 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  in- 
clination of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad 
will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 
measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put, 
it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to 
be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  pro- 
poses to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  in- 
quired of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education? 
Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirm- 
ative answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position 
of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he 
is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this 
way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning 
the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition, 
he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to 
the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to 
correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct, 
he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down 
when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  suffi- 
ciently loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus 
spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so 
graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will 
appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient 
he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he 
becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be 
instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a 
second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds 
with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care 
must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact 
vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he 
must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body, 
and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the 
lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is 
difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the 


Monotype  9  pt.  No.  8,  solid.  44  lines,  504  words. 


84  NINE   POINT  NUMBER   THIRTY-ONE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination 
of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate 
a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless 
fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  out- 
set determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  in- 
quired of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common -school  education  ?  Is  he 
a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good ? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punct- 
uality is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out 
the  pi— he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case," 
or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  compo- 
sition, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to 
the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors 
in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them 
himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the 
line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  com- 
posing-stick is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable 
him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is 
printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No 
matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand 
doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and 
correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets 
a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with 
the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must 
be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical 


Monotype  9  pt.  No.  31,  leaded.  36  lines,  449  words. 


NINE   POINT  NUMBER  THIRTY-ONE  85 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination 
of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate 
a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless 
fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  out- 
set determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  in- 
quired of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he 
a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good ? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punct- 
uality is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out 
the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case," 
or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  compo- 
sition, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to 
the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors 
in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them 
himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the 
line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  com- 
posing-stick is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable 
him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is 
printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No 
matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand 
doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and 
correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets 
a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with 
the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must 
be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical 
position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught 
to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either 
backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand 
accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  con- 
versant with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from 
"n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute 
type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more 


Monotype  9  pt.  No.  31,  solid.  44  lines,  549  words. 


86  EIGHT  POINT  NUMBER  EIGHT 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- workman.  Good  morals 
and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  edu- 
cation? Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his 
eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirm- 
ative answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position 
of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is 
to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of 
composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set 
up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed 
out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When 
the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly 
inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with 
ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the 
words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  im- 
patient he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise 
till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to 
be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second 
line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the 
third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken 
to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position; 
and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift 
the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant 

Monotype  8  pt.  No.  8,  leaded.  40  lines,  489  words. 


EIGHT  POINT  NUMBER  EIGHT  87 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals 
and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  edu- 
cation? Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his 
eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirm- 
ative answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position 
of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is 
to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him. 
He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of 
composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set 
up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed 
out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When 
the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly 
inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  witn 
ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the 
words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  im- 
patient he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise 
till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to 
be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second 
line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the 
third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken 
to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position; 
and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift 
the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant 
either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them 
stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly 
conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u" 
from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to 
distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one 
time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left 
hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type, 
and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters, 
he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his 
right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective 

Monotype  8  pt.  No.  8,  solid.  50  lines,  609  words. 


88  EIGHT  POINT   SCOTCH 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a 
boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing, 
it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ? 
Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight 
good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punct- 
uality is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the 
pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learn- 
ing the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told 
to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words 
are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  suffi- 
ciently loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out 
the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when 
the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doc- 
trine to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line; 
and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so 
on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every 
letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to 
empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square 
solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the 
lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  after- 
ward to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become 
thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish 
"u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  dis- 

Monotype  8  pt.  No.  36,  leaded.  40  lines,  531  words. 


EIGHT  POINT  SCOTCH  89 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workmr.n, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a 
boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing, 
it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ? 
Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight 
good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punct- 
uality is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the 
pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learn- 
ing the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told 
to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words 
are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  suffi- 
ciently loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out 
the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when 
the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doc- 
trine to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line; 
and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so 
on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every 
letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to 
empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square 
solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the 
lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  after- 
ward to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become 
thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish 
"u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  dis- 
tribute type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no 
more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he 
holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily 
read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  be- 
tween the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are 
lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he 
proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of  bad 
nabits:  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking 
the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing 
on  one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner 

Monotype  8  pt.  No.  36,  solid.  50]lines,  666  words. 


90  EIGHT  POINT  NUMBER   THIRTY-ONE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a 
boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing, 
it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ? 
7*  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight 
good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punct- 
uality is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the 
pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learn- 
ing the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told 
to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words 
are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  suffi- 
ciently loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out 
the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when 
the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doc- 
trine to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line; 
and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so 
on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every 
letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to 
empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square 
solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the 
lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  after- 
ward to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become 
thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish 
"u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  dis- 

Monotype  8  pt.  No.  31,  leaded.  40  lines,  531  words. 


EIGHT  POINT  NUMBER  THIRTY-ONE  91 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a 
boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master -knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be 
because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing, 
it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ? 
7s  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight 
good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punct- 
uality is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the 
pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learn- 
ing the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told 
to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words 
are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  suffi- 
ciently loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out 
the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when 
the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doc- 
trine to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line; 
and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so 
on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every 
letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to 
empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square 
solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the 
lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  after- 
ward to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become 
thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish 
"u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  dis- 
tribute type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no 
more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he 
holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily 
read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  be- 
tween the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are 
lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he 
proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of  bad 
habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking 
the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing 
on  one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner 

Monotype  8  pt.  No.  31,  solid.  50  lines,  664  words. 


92  EIGHT   POINT  NUMBER   FIFTEEN 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  in- 
clination of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad 
will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistak- 
ably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy, 
dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measur- 
ably the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a 
master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly 
be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to 
all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way 
is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the 
art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is 
told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors 
in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct 
them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  jus- 
tifies the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down 
when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  suffi- 
ciently loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus 
spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so 
graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will 
appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient 
he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he 
becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be 
instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second 
line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the 
third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must 
be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical 
position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be 

Monotype  8  pt.  No.  15,  leaded.  40  lines,  461  words. 


EIGHT  POINT  NUMBER  FIFTEEN  93 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  in- 
clination of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad 
will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistak- 
ably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy, 
dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measur- 
ably the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a 
master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly 
be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to 
all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way 
is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the 
art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is 
told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the 
journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors 
in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct 
them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  jus- 
tifies the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down 
when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  suffi- 
ciently loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus 
spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so 
graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will 
appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient 
he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he 
becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be 
instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second 
line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the 
third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must 
be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical 
position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be 
taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to 
place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines 
are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  side  wise,  it  is  difficult 
afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  appren- 
tice has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every 
type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and 
"d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own 
use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than 
he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so 
that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can 

Monotype  8  pt.  No.  15,  solid.  50  lines,  577  words. 


94  EIGHT  POINT  OLD  STYLE  ANTIQUE 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of 
printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to 
the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at 
which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  com- 
position, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman 
or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to 
correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct, 
he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down 
when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing 
out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated 
that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at 
equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to 
get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thor- 
ough master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him 
at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow 
as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it 
has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on 
till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep 
every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and 
when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the 
entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 


Monotype  8  pt.  No.  25,  leaded.  40  lines,  477  words. 


EIGHT   POINT  OLD  STYLE  ANTIQUE  95 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of 
printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to 
the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at 
which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  com- 
position, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman 
or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to 
correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct, 
he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down 
when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing 
out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated 
that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at 
equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to 
get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thor- 
ough master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him 
at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow 
as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it 
has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on 
till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep 
every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and 
when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the 
entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant 
either  backward  or  side  wise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make 
them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thor- 
oughly conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  dis- 
tinguish "  u  "  from  "  n,"  "  b  "  from  "  q,"  and  "  d  "  from  "  p," 
he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught 
to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently 
grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on 
the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  dis- 
tributing the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between 


Monotype  8  pt.  No.  25,  solid.  50  lines,  592  words. 


96        EIGHT  POINT  NUMBER  TWENTY-EIGHT 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-work- 
man. Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispen- 
sable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  pro- 
poses to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years 
of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a 
strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi— he  learns  the  position  of  the 
various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is 
an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning 
the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composi- 
tion, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  fore- 
man or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be 
placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him, 
and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 
enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  com- 
posing-stick is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose 
to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing 
out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so 
graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words 
will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how 
impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this 
exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The 
grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his 
work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural 
consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it  has 

Monotype  8  pt.  No.  28,  leaded.  40  lines,  416  words. 


EIGHT  POINT  NUMBER  TWENTY-EIGHT        97 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-work- 
man. Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispen- 
sable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  pro- 
poses to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years 
of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a 
strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the 
various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is 
an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning 
the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composi- 
tion, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  fore- 
man or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be 
placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him, 
and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 
enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  com- 
posing-stick is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose 
to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing 
out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so 
graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words 
will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how 
impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this 
exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The 
grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his 
work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural 
consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it  has 
been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on 
till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to 
keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  posi- 
tion; and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be 
taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body, 
and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If 
the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  side- 
wise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accu- 
rately. After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  con- 
versant with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish 

Monotype  8  pt.  No.  28,  solid.  50  lines,  518  words. 


98  EIGHT  POINT   ELZEVIR 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  grad- 
uate a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the 
perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and 
worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of 
his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals 
and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing, 
it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  edu- 
cation? Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is 
his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirm- 
ative answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of 
reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to 
come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of 
the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  ex- 
cellent preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up 
one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed 
out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When 
the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly 
inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with 
ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the 
words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  im- 
patient he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise 
till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be 
instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second 
line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the 
third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  posi- 
tion; and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift 
the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and 
vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  back- 
Monotype  8  pt.  No.  68,  leaded.  40  lines,  490  words. 


EIGHT  POINT   ELZEVIR  99 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  grad- 
uate a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the 
perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and 
worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of 
his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals 
and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing, 
it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  edu- 
cation? Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is 
his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirm- 
ative answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of 
reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to 
come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of 
the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  ex- 
cellent preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up 
one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed 
out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When 
the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly 
inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with 
ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the 
words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  im- 
patient he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise 
till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be 
instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second 
line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the 
third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  posi- 
tion; and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift 
the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and 
vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  back- 
ward or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accu- 
rately. After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with 
the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from 
"q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own 
use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he 
can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the 
light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it. 
In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between 
the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are 
lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and 

Monotype  8  pt.  No.  68,  solid.  50  lines,  614  words. 


100  SEVEN  POINT  NUMBER  EIGHT 

EXPEBIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy 
is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a 
master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is 
he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He 
is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality 
is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he 
learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the 
art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set 
up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him, 
and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  per- 
fectly correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the 
line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the 
matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this 
exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine 
to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line; 
and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so 
on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every 
letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to 
empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square 
solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If 
the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult 
afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has 
become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can 
distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  al- 
lowed to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one 
time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand, 
which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his 
eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a 


Monotype  7  pt.  No.  8,  leaded.  44  lines,  588  words. 


SEVEN  POINT  NUMBER  EIGHT  101 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy 
is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a 
master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is 
he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He 
is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality 
is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he 
learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the 
art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set 
up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him, 
and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  per- 
fectly correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the 
line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the 
matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this 
exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine 
to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line; 
and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so 
on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every 
letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position ;  and  when  he  essays  to 
empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square 
solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If 
the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult 
afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has 
become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can 
distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  al- 
lowed to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one 
time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand, 
which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his 
eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a 
word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and 
the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  out- 
set, and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the 
acquisition  of  bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are 
picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing 
it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous 
practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does  not  possess  them  already) 
certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at  the  foundation  of  successful 
effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the 
office  in  coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work; 
and  the  mind  being  cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body 
feels  the  influence,  and  is  strengthened;  and  when  the  quitting  hour 


Monotype  7  pt.  No.  8,  solid.  57  lines,  736  words. 


102  SEVEN  POINT  NUMBER  THIRTY-ONE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just 
as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset 
determine  to  be  a  master- workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a 
fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  read- 
ing and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and 
a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts 
out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning 
the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set 
up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and 
he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  cor- 
rect, he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when 
the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable 
him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between 
the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words 
will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be 
to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master 
of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work 
well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets 
a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third, 
and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every 
letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty 
the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body, 
and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed 
to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them 
stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant 
with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from 
"q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use. 
He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently 
grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the 
type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he 
takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand, 
and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset, 
and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition 


Monotype  7  pt.  No.  31,  leaded.  44  lines,  625  words. 


SEVEN  POINT  NUMBER  THIRTY-ONE  103 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just 
as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset 
determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a 
fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  read- 
ing and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and 
a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts 
out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning 
the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set 
up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and 
he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  cor- 
rect, he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when 
the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable 
him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between 
the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words 
will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be 
to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master 
of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work 
well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets 
a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third, 
and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every 
letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty 
the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body, 
and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed 
to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them 
stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant 
with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from 
"q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use. 
He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently 
grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the 
type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he 
takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand, 
and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset, 
and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition 
of  bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking 
the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on 
one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must 
acquire  (if  he  does  not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles 
which  lie  at  the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctiiality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office 
in  coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work;  and  the  mind 
being  cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels  the  influence, 
and  is  strengthened;  and  when  the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work 
accomplished  will  satisfy  himself  and  his  master  too.  The  most  successful 
masters  have  been  distinguished  for  punctuality.  The  apprentice's  time  is 
not  his  own,  but  his  master's  property;  and  wasting  it  by  want  of  punctuality, 
or  idling  during  his  master's  absence,  is  simply  equivalent  to  stealing.  The 


Monotype  7  pt.  No.  31,  solid.  57  lines,  788  words. 


104  SEVEN  POINT  NUMBER  TWENTY -SIX 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 
put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to 
be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  en- 
title him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  en- 
joined upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this 
way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the 
art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to 
set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed 
out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  pre- 
vent it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  in- 
clined, and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease. 
In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be 
so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will 
appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may 
be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a 
thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him 
at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as 
a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been 
made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is 
full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every 
line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the 
stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid 
body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the 
lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult 
afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has 
become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and 
can  distinguish  "  u  "  from  "  n,"  "  b  "  from  "  q,"  and  "  d  "  from  "  p," 
he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to 
take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp 


Monotype  7  pt.  No.  26,  leaded.  44  lines,  555  words. 


SEVEN  POINT  NUMBER  TWENTY-SIX  105 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 
put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to 
be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  en- 
title him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  en- 
joined upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this 
way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the 
art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to 
set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed 
out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  pre- 
vent it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  in- 
clined, and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease. 
In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be 
so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will 
appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may 
be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a 
thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him 
at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as 
a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been 
made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is 
full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every 
line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the 
stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid 
body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the 
lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult 
afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has 
become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and 
can  distinguish  "  u  "  from  "  n,"  "  b  "  from  "  q,"  and  "  d  "  from  "  p," 
he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to 
take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp 
in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of 
the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various 
letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of 
his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective 
boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be 
cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the 
body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick 
several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc.  While 
avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does 
not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie 
at  the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of 
the  office  in  coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for 


Monotype  7  pt.  No.  26,  solid.  57  lines,  711  words. 


106  SEVEN  POINT  NUMBER  TWENTY-EIGHT 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of 
printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to 
the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at 
which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  com- 
position, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman 
or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to 
correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct, 
he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down 
when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing 
out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated 
that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at 
equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to 
get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thor- 
ough master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him 
at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow 
as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it 
has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on 
till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep 
every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and 
when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the 
entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant 
either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make 
them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thor- 
oughly conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  dis- 


Monotype  7  pt.  No.  28,  leaded.  44  lines,  517  words. 


SEVEN  POINT  NUMBER  TWENTY-EIGHT  107 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of 
printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to 
the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at 
which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  **  going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  com- 
position, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman 
or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to 
correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct, 
he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down 
when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing 
out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated 
that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at 
equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to 
get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thor- 
ough master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him 
at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow 
as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it 
has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on 
till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep 
every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and 
when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the 
entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant 
either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make 
them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thor- 
oughly conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  dis- 
tinguish "  u  "  from  "  n,"  "  b  "  from  "  q,"  and  "  d  "  from  "  p," 
he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught 
to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently 
grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on 
the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  dis- 
tributing the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between 
the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are 
lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and 
as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the 
acquisition  of  bad  habits :  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types 
are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  be- 
fore placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding 
these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does  not 


Monotype  7  pt.  No.  28,  solid.  57  lines,  670  words. 


108  SIX  POINT  NUMBER  EIGHT 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just 
as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the 
trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset 
determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  t  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of 
reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go, 
and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts 
out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning 
the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set 
up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he 
is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct, 
he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the 
composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to 
lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the 
words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words 
will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be 
to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master 
of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work 
well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets 
a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third, 
and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every 
letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty 
the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body, 
and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed 
to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them 
stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant 
with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from 
"q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He 
is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently 
grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the 
type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he 
takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and 
the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and 
as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of 
bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the 
type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one 
leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if 
he  does  not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at 
the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office 


Monotype  6  pt.  No.  8,  leaded.  50  lines,  700  words. 


SIX  POINT  NUMBER  EIGHT  109 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just 
as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the 
trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset 
determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education?  7s  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for 
reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of 
reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go, 
and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts 
out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning 
the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set 
up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he 
is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct, 
he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the 
composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to 
lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the 
words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words 
will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be 
to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master 
of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work 
well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets 
a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third, 
and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every 
letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty 
the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body, 
and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed 
to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them 
stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant 
with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from 
"q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He 
is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently 
grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the 
type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he 
takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and 
the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and 
as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of 
bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the 
type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one 
leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if 
he  does  not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at 
the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office 
in  coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work;  and  the  mind 
being  cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels  the  influence, 
and  is  strengthened;  and  when  the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work 
accomplished  will  satisfy  himself  and  his  master  too.  The  most  successful 
masters  have  been  distinguished  for  punctuality.  The  apprentice's  time  ia 
not  his  own,  but  his  master's  property ;  and  wasting  it  by  want  of  punctuality, 
or  idling  during  his  master's  absence,  is  simply  equivalent  to  stealing.  The 
second  point  is 

Obedience. — The  apprentice  has  no  right  to  question  orders  given  by  the 
master  or  his  deputy.  His  duty  is  promptly  to  do  as  he  is  told,  without  grum- 
bling or  dissatisfaction.  Let  him  remember  that  he  is  under  orders,  and  that, 
if  he  ever  expects  to  learn  how  to  command,  he  must  learn  in  his  youth  how 
to  obey.  He  will  promote  his  own  interests  by  seeking  to  anticipate  his  master's 
wishes,  and  by  endeavoring  to  make  himself  so  useful  that  his  services  cannot 
well  be  dispensed  with.  Akin  to  this  is 

Courtesy. — Good  manners  in  a  youth  are  wonderfully  pleasing,  and  effec- 


Monotype  6  pt.  No.  8,  solid.  66  lines,  891  words. 


110  SIX  POINT  NUMBER  NINETEEN 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just 
as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his 
outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  in- 
dustry are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes 
to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  spellerf  Has  he  a 
turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — 
he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is 
told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman 
under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose 
to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is 
printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter 
how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till 
he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled 
into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow 
as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made 
faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The 
utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact 
vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught 
to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  back- 
ward or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately. 
After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of 
every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d" 
from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to 
take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his 
left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and 
his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a 
word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the 
types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and 
as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of 
bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking 
the  type  against  the  stick  several  tunes  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on 
one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must 
acquire  (if  he  does  not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles 
which  lie  at  the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 


Monotype  6  pt.  No.  19,  leaded.  50  lines,  688  words. 


SIX  POINT  NUMBER  NINETEEN  111 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just 
as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  f9retells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his 
outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  in- 
dustry are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes 
to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a 
turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — 
he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  19  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is 
told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman 
under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose 
to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is 
printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter 
how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till 
he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled 
into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow 
as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made 
faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The 
utnrost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact 
vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught 
to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  back- 
ward or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately. 
After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of 
every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d" 
from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to 
take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his 
left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and 
his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a 
word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the 
types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and 
as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of 
bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking 
the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on 
one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must 
acquire  (if  he  does  not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles 
which  lie  at  the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the 
office  in  coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work;  and 
the  mind  being  cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels 
the  influence,  and  is  strengthened,  and  when  the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the 
amount  of  work  accomplished  will  satisfy  himself  and  his  master  too.  The 
most  successful  masters  have  been  distinguished  for  punctuality.  The  ap- 
prentice's time  is  not  his  own,  but  his  master's  property;  and  wasting  it 
by  want  of  punctuality,  or  idling  during  his  master's  absence,  is  simply 
equivalent  to  stealing.  The  second  point  is 

Obedience. — The  apprentice  has  no  right  to  question  orders  given  by  the 
master  or  his  deputy.  His  duty  is  promptly  to  do  as  he  is  told,  without 
grumbling  or  dissatisfaction.  Let  him  remember  that  he  is  under  orders, 
and  that,  if  he  ever  expects  to  learn  how  to  command,  he  must  learn  in  his 
youth  how  to  obey.  He  will  promote  his  own  interests  by  seeking  to  antici- 

Eate  his  master's  wishes,  and  oy  endeavoring  to  make  himself  so  useful  that 
is  services  cannot  well  be  dispensed  with.     Akin  to  this  is 


Monotype  6  pt.  No.  19,  solid.  66  lines,  881  words. 


us  SIX  POINT  NUMBER  THIRTY-ONE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as 
the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  in- 
dustrious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the 
perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a 
master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art 
and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will 
entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he 
is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room 
— he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of 
composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show 
it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors 
in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When 
the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable 
him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal 
distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled 
into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural 
consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds 
with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep 
every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty 
the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place 
it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  back- 
ward or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the 
apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  dis- 
tinguish "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute 
type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can 
conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of 
the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a 
word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly 
dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate 
must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body  as 
the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing 
it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner 
must  acquire  (if  he  does  not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which 
lie  at  the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office  in  coming 
and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work;  and  the  mind  being  cheered  by 
the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels  the  influence,  and  is  strengthened;  and 
when  the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work  accomplished  will  satisfy  himself 
and  his  master  too.  The  most  successful  masters  have  been  distinguished  for  punct- 
uality. The  apprentice's  time  is  not  his  own,  but  his  master's  property;  and  wasting 
it  by  want  of  punctuality,  or  idling  during  his  master's  absence,  is  simply  equivalent  to 


Monotype  6  pt.  No.  31,  leaded.  50  lines,  786  words. 


SIX  POINT  NUMBER  THIRTY-ONE  113 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as 
the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  in- 
dustrious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the 
perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a 
master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art 
and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will 
entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he 
is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room 
— he  sorts  put  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of 
composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show 
it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors 
in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When 
the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable 
him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal 
distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled 
into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural 
consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds 
with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep 
every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty 
the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place 
it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  back- 
ward or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the 
apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  dis- 
tinguish "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute 
type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can 
conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of 
the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a 
word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly 
dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate 
must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body  as 
the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing 
it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner 
must  acquire  (if  he  does  not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which 
lie  at  the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office  in  coming 
and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work;  and  the  mind  being  cheered  by 
the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels  the  influence,  and  is  strengthened;  and 
when  the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work  accomplished  will  satisfy  himself 
and  his  master  too.  The  most  successful  masters  have  been  distinguished  for  punct- 
uality. The  apprentice's  time  is  not  his  own,  but  his  master's  property;  and  wasting 
it  by  want  of  punctuality,  or  idling  during  his  master's  absence,  is  simply  equivalent  to 
stealing.  The  second  point  is 

Obedience. — The  apprentice  has  no  right  to  question  orders  given  by  the  master  or 
his  deputy.  His  duty  is  promptly  to  do  as  he  is  told,  without  grumbling  or  dissatisfac- 
tion. Let  him  remember  that  he  is  under  orders,  and  that,  if  he  ever  expects  to  learn 
how  to  command,  he  must  learn  in  his  youth  how  to  obey.  He  will  promote  his  own 
interests  by  seeking  to  anticipate  his  master's  wishes,  and  by  endeavoring  to  make  him- 
self so  useful  that  his  services  cannot  well  be  dispensed  with.  Akin  to  this  is 

Courtesy. — Good  manners  in  a  youth  are  wonderfully  pleasing,  and  effectively  aid  in 
his  advancement.  Courtesy  toward  his  master  is  a  matter  of  course,  and  deserving  of 
little  commendation ;  but  he  must  be  courteous  to  customers  when  sent  out  on  an  errand, 
and  courteous  to  the  workmen  in  the  office.  By  this  means  he  will  secure  good-will,  and 
many  a  friendly  hint  will  be  given  to  him  in  acquiring  a  knowledge  of  the  art.  The  habit 
when  fixed  will  bless  him  and  others  as  long  as  he  lives. 

Position. — The  standing  position  of  a  compositor  should  be  perfectly  upright,  without 
stiffness  or  restraint ;  the  shoulders  thrown  back,  the  feet  firm  on  the  floor,  heels  nearly 
closed,  and  toes  turned  out  to  form  an  angle  of  about  forty-five  degrees.  The  head  and 


Monotype  6  pt.  No.  31,  solid.  66  lines,  1015  words. 


XI4  SIX  POINT  OLD  STYLE  ANTIQUE 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as 
surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright, 
obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as 
unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dis- 
solute, and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his 
own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which 
he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When 
a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of 
printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  edu- 
cation ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight 
good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told 
the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  pre- 
parative for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he 
is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to 
the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are 
pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words 
are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose 
to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all 
the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he 
may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough 
master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his 
work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He 
sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the 
third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep 
every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to 
empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid 
body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are 
allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make 
them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conver- 
sant with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u  "  from  "  n,"  "b" 
from  "  q,"  and  "  d  "  from  "  p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own 
use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  con- 
veniently grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the 
face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various 
letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right 
hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  out- 
set, and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition 
of  bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking 
the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on 
one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire 
(if  he  does  not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie 
at  the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office  in 
coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work;  and  the  mind  being 


Monotype  6  pt.  No.  25,  leaded.  50  lines,  716  words. 


SIX   POINT  OLD  STYLE  ANTIQUE  115 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as 
surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright, 
obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as 
unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dis- 
solute, and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his 
own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which 
he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When 
a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of 
printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  edu- 
cation? Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight 
good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told 
the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  pre- 
parative for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he 
is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to 
the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are 
pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words 
are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  C9mposing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose 
to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all 
the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he 
may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough 
master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his 
work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He 
sets  a  second  line;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the 
third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep 
every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to 
empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid 
body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are 
allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make 
them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conver- 
sant with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b" 
from  "  q,"  and  "  d  "  from  "  p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own 
use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  con- 
veniently grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the 
face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various 
letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right 
hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  out- 
set, and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition 
of  bad  habits:  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking 
the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on 
one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire 
(if  he  does  not  possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie 
at  the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office  in 
coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work ;  and  the  mind  being 
cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels  the  influence,  and  is 
strengthened;  and  when  the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work  accom- 
plished will  satisfy  himself  and  his  master  too.  The  most  successful  masters 
have  been  distinguished  for  punctuality.  The  apprentice's  time  is  not  his  own, 
but  his  master's  property ;  and  wasting  it  by  want  of  punctuality,  or  idling  during 
his  master's  absence,  is  simply  equivalent  to  stealing.  The  second  point  is 

Obedience. — The  apprentice  has  no  right  to  question  orders  given  by  the 
master  or  his  deputy.  His  duty  is  promptly  to  do  as  he  is  told,  without  grum- 
bling or  dissatisfaction.  Let  him  remember  that  he  is  under  orders,  and  that, 
if  he  ever  expects  to  learn  how  to  command,  he  must  learn  in  his  youth  how 
to  obey.  He  will  promote  his  own  interests  by  seeking  to  anticipate  his  master's 
wishes,  and  by  endeavoring  to  make  himself  so  useful  that  his  services  cannot 
well  be  dispensed  with.  Akin  to  this  is 

Courtesy. — Good  manners  in  a  youth  are  wonderfully  pleasing,  and  effec- 
tively aid  in  his  advancement.  Courtesy  toward  his  master  is  a  matter  of 
course,  and  deserving  of  little  commendation;  but  he  must  be  courteous  to 


Monotype  6  pt.  No.  25,  solid.  66  lines,  917  words. 


116  SIX  POINT  NUMBER  TWENTY-EIGHT 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination 
of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate 
a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse* 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless 
fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset 
determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  in- 
dustry are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  in- 
quired of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he 
a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts 
out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to 
case,*'  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to 
composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman 
or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors 
in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them 
himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the 
line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  compos- 
ing-stick is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him 
to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is 
printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter 
how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise 
till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be 
Instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly;  swift- 
ness will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line; 
and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and 
so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep 
every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when 
he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire 
mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  verti- 
cally on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  back- 
ward or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  ac- 
curately. After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant 
with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  *«  u  "  from  «•  n," 
"  b  "  from  "  q,"  and  "  d  "  from  "  p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type 
for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter 
than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so 
that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily 
read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two 
between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types 
are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and 
as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisi- 


Monotype  6  pt.  No.  28,  leaded.  50  lines,  625  words. 


SIX   POINT   NUMBER   TWENTY-EIGHT  117 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  hend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination 
of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate 
a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless 
fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset 
determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  in- 
dustry are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  in- 
quired of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he 
a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts 
out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  *'  going  to 
case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to 
composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman 
or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors 
in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them 
himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the 
line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  compos- 
ing-stick is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him 
to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is 


instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly;  swift- 
ness will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line; 
and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and 
so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep 
every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when 
he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire 
mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  verti- 
cally on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  back- 
ward or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  ac- 
curately. After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant 
with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "  u  "  from  "  n,»» 
**  b  "  from  **  q,"  and  "  d  "  from  "  p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type 
for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter 
than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so 
that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily 
read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two 
between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types 
are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and 
as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisi- 
tion of  bad  habits :  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked 
up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing 
it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous 
practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does  not  possess  them  al- 
ready) certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at  the  foundation 
of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of 
the  office  in  coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for 
work;  and  the  mind  being  cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing 
right,  the  body  feels  the  influence,  and  is  strengthened;  and  when 
the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work  accomplished  will 
satisfy  himself  and  his  master  too.  The  most  successful  masters 
have  been  distinguished  for  punctuality.  The  apprentice's  time 
is  not  his  own,  but  his  master's  property;  and  wasting  it  by  want  of 
punctuality,  or  idling  during  his  master's  absence,  is  simply  equiva- 
lent to  stealing.  The  second  point  is 


Monotype  6  pt.  No.  28,  solid.  66  lines,  791  words. 


HAND  TYPE 


120    EIGHTEEN  POINT 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  ap- 
prentice foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the 
twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  in- 
dustrious lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  care- 
less boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dis- 
solute, and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny  ;  and  if 
he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowl- 
edge of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 
put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he 
did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to 
be  a  master-workman.  Good  mor- 
als and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  pos- 

Hand  18  pt.  Old  Style,  leaded.  19  lines,  111  words. 


EIGHTEEN  POINT    121 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  ap- 
prentice foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the 
twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  in- 
dustrious lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  care- 
less boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dis- 
solute, and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny  ;  and  if 
he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowl- 
edge of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 
put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he 
did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to 
be  a  master-workman.  Good  mor- 
als and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  pos- 
sesses these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  print- 
Hand  18  pt.  Old  Style,  solid.  21  lines,  122  words. 


122   GREAT  PRIMER 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the 
apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as 
the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the 
perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  disso- 
lute, and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measur- 
ably the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 
put,  it  will  mainly  be  be- 
cause he  did  not  at  his  out- 
set determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and 

Hand  Great  Primer  Lightface,  leaded.  21  lines,  103  words. 


GREAT  PRIMER  123 

EXPEEIENCE  proves  that  the 
apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as 
the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the 
perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  disso- 
lute, and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measur- 
ably the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 
put,  it  will  mainly  be  be- 
cause he  did  not  at  his  out- 
set determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and 
steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who 

Hand  Great  Primer  Lightface,  solid.  23  lines,  111  words. 


124       GREAT  PRIMER 

EXPEKIENCE  proves  that  the  ap- 
prentice foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of 
the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of 
the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fel- 
low. The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measur- 
ably the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which 
he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine 
to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  in- 
dispensable. When  a  lad  who  pos- 
sesses these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  print- 
Hand  Great  Primer  Modern,  leaded.  21  lines,  122  words. 


GREAT  PRIMER       125 

EXPEKIEISTCE  proves  that  the  ap- 
prentice foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of 
the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of 
the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fel- 
low. The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measur- 
ably the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which 
he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine 
to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  in- 
dispensable. When  a  lad  who  pos- 
sesses these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  print- 
ing, it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 

Hand  Great  Primer  Modern,  solid.  23  lines,  136  words. 


126          GREAT    PRIMER 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  appren- 
tice foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as 
surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  up- 
right, obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he 
fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will 
mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his 
outset  determine  to  be  a  master-work- 
man. Good  morals  and  steady  indus- 
try are  indispensable.  When  a  lad 
who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes 
to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  print- 
ing, it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  educa- 

Hand  Great  Primer  Old  Style,  leaded.  21  lines,  137  words. 


GREAT    PRIMER          127 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  appren- 
tice foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as 
surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  up- 
right, obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he 
fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will 
mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his 
outset  determine  to  be  a  master-work- 
man. Good  morals  and  steady  indus- 
try are  indispensable.  When  a  lad 
who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes 
to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  print- 
ing, it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  educa- 
tion ?  //  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has 
he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight 

Hand  Great  Primer  Old  Style,  solid.  23  lines,  151  words. 


128    FOURTEEN  POINT  CASLON 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice 
foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the 
bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of 
the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious 
lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 
measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly 
be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine 
to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and 
steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a 
lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair 
common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his 
eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of 
age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of 
reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a 

Hand  14  pt.  Caslon,  leaded.  24  lines,  193  words. 


FOURTEEN  POINT  CASLON    129 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice 
foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the 
bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of 
the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious 
lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 
measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly 
be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine 
to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and 
steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a 
lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair 
common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his 
eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of 
age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of 
reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a 
strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he 
learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  ex- 
Hand  14  pt.  Caslon,  solid.  28  lines,  227  words. 


130  FOURTEEN   POINT 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice 
foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as 
the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination 
of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the 
perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of 
his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which 
he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  indus- 
try are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  com- 
mon-school education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is 
his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He 

Hand  14  pt.  Old  Style,  leaded.  24  lines,  179  words. 


FOURTEEN   POINT  131 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice 
foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as 
the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination 
of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the 
perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of 
his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which 
he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  indus- 
try are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  com- 
mon-school education?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is 
his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He 
is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined 
upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts 
out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the 

Hand  14  pt.  Old  Style,  solid.  28  lines,  214  words. 


132  ENGLISH  MODERN 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice 
foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as 
the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  in- 
dustrious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the 
perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of 
his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which 
he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  indus- 
try are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  pos- 
sesses these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the 
art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  in- 
quired of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  f 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight 
good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  que- 
ries will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  read- 
ing and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours 
at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  strict 

Hand  English  Modern,  leaded.  25  lines,  194  words. 


ENGLISH   MODERN  133 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice 
foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as 
the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  in- 
dustrious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the 
perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of 
his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which 
he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  indus- 
try are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  pos- 
sesses these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the 
art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  in- 
quired of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education  ?  Is  Tie  a  perfect  speller  ? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight 
good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  que- 
ries will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  read- 
ing and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours 
at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he 
learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 

Hand  English  Modern,  solid.  29  lines,  227  words. 


134        ENGLISH    OLD   STYLE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice 
foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as 
the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion   of  the   tree.     The    upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skil- 
ful, and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen 
into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  ac- 
quire a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.     Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.     When  a  lad 
who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn   the  art  and   mystery  of  printing,   it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a 
fair   common-school  education  ?     Is   he  a 
perfect  speller?     Has   he  a  turn  for  read- 
ing?    Is  his  eyesight  good?     Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?     A  true  affirmative 
answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him 
to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is   told  the   hours  at  which   he  is   to 

Hand  English  Old  Style,  leaded.  25  lines,  187  words. 


ENGLISH   OLD   STYLE        135 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice 
foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as 
the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skil- 
ful, and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen 
into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  ac- 
quire a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad 
who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a 
fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a 
perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  read- 
ing? Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative 
answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him 
to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to 
come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is 
enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room 
— he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 

Hand  English  Old  Style,  solid.  29  lines,  221  words. 


136       TWELVE   POINT   SCOTCH 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the 
bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as 
unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless 
fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny  ;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he 
did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of 
him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  educa- 
tion ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn 
for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good ?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps 
the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  corn- 
Hand  12  pt.  Scotch,  leaded.  28  lines,  238  words. 


TWELVE   POINT   SCOTCH       137 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the 
bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as 
unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless 
fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to 
which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he 
did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of 
him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  educa- 
tion ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn 
for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps 
the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the 
position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition, 
he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the 
foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care 
he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are 


Hand  12  pt.  Scotch,  solid.  32  lines,  277  words. 


138         TWELVE    POINT   CASLON 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshad- 
ows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of 
the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a 
boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes 
to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has 
he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is 
he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative 
answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to 
case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one 
line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journey- 
Hand  12  pt.  Caslon,  leaded.  28  lines,  264  words. 


TWELVE    POINT   CASLON  139 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshad- 
ows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of 
the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a 
boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes 
to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  ^  fair  common- 
school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has 
he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is 
he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative 
answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to 
case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one 
line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journey- 
man under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he 
is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 


rHand  12  pt.  Caslon,  solid.  32  lines,  300  words. 


140     TWELVE   POINT   OLD  STYLE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshad- 
ows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of 
the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a 
boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes 
to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he 
a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good*?  Is  he 
under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative 
answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to 
case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one 
line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journey- 
Hand  12  pt.  Old  Style,  leaded.  28  lines,  264  words 


TWELVE   POINT   OLD   STYLE     141 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshad- 
ows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of 
the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a 
boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did 
not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes 
to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he 
a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he 
under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative 
answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position 
of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in 
this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to 
case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one 
line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journey- 
man under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The 
errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he 
is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 


Hand  12  pt.  Old  Style,  solid.  32  lines,  300  words. 


142    TWELVE  POINT  CHELTENHAM 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  be- 
cause he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a 
turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to 
come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he 
learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for 
"  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one 
line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman 
under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in 
the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to 

Hand  12  pt.  Cheltenham,  leaded.  28  lines,  286  words. 


TWELVE  POINT  CHELTENHAM    143 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  be- 
cause he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a 
turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to 
come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he 
learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for 
"  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one 
line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman 
under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in 
the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to 
correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it 
from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly 
inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it 


Hand  12  pt.  Cheltenham,  solid.  32  lines,  324  words. 


144  THREE  NICK  PICA 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend 
of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  gradu- 
ate a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his 
own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will 
mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  deter- 
mine to  be  a  master- workman.  Good  morals  and 
steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad 
who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  in- 
quired of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a 
turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he 
under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative 
answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told 
the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and 
a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he 

Hand  Three  Nick  Pica,  leaded.  28  lines,  247  words. 


THREE  NICK  PICA  145 


proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend 
of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  gradu- 
ate a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his 
own  destiny  ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will 
mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  deter- 
mine to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and 
steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad 
who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  in- 
quired of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a 
turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he 
under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative 
answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told 
the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and 
a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room  —  he  sorts  out  the  pi  —  he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he 
is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  fore- 
man or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed 
out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them 


Hand  Three  Nick  Pica,  solid.  32  lines,  288  words. 


146    ELECTRO    PICA   OLD    STYLE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend 
of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  gradu- 
ate a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his 
own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will 
mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  deter- 
mine to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and 
steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad 
who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be 
inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has 
he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is 
he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative 
answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told 
the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and 
a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he 

Hand  Electro  Pica  Old  Style,  leaded.  28  lines,  247  words. 


ELECTRO    PICA   OLD    STYLE     147 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend 
of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  gradu- 
ate a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his 
own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will 
mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  deter- 
mine to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and 
steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad 
who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be 
inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  f  Has 
he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is 
he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative 
answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told 
the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and 
a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he 
is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  fore- 
man or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed 
out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them 


Hand  Electro  Pica  Old  Style,  solid.  32  lines,  288  words. 


148  ELEVEN  POINT   MODERN 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obe- 
dient, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  deter- 
mine to  be  a  master- workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery 
of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a 
fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is 
he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative 
answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours 
at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality 
is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts 
out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters 
in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art 
of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition, 
he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman 
or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be 
placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him, 
and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 


Hand  11  pt.  Modern,  leaded.  30  lines,  300  words. 


ELEVEN  POINT   MODERN  149 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obe- 
dient, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  deter- 
mine to  be  a  master- workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery 
of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a 
fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is 
he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative 
answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  posi- 
tion of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours 
at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality 
is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts 
out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters 
in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art 
of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition, 
he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman 
or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be 
placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him, 
and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 
enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  com- 
posing-stick is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus 
spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed, 
all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No 

Hand  11  pt.  Modern,  solid.  36  lines,  359  words. 


150  ELEVEN   POINT   SCOTCH 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a 
lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art 
and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a 
perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to 
the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctu- 
ality is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he 
sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various 
letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excel- 
lent preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art 
of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he 
is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or 
to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed. 
The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is 
required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to 
prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 

Hand  11  pt.  Scotch,  leaded.  30  lines,  312  words. 


ELEVEN   POINT   SCOTCH  151 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a 
lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art 
and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a 
perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to 
the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctu- 
ality is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he 
sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various 
letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excel- 
lent preparative  for  "going  to  case,1'  or  learning  the  art 
of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he 
is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or 
to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed. 
The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is 
required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to 
prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him 
to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that, 
when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at 
equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may 
be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he 

Hand  11  pt.  Scotch,  solid.  36  lines,  376  words. 


i52  ELEVEN    POINT    CASLON 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad 
who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art 
and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  read- 
ing and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is 
to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent 
in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case," 
or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to 
composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to 
the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to 
him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When 
the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 
enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  com- 
posing-stick is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to 

Hand  11  pt.  Caslon,  leaded.  30  lines,  319  words 


ELEVEN   POINT    CASLON  153 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad 
who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art 
and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good? 
Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer 
to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  read- 
ing and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is 
to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns 
the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent 
in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case," 
or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to 
composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to 
the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to 
him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When 
the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 
enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  com- 
posing-stick is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to 
enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the 
line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated 
that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear 
at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may 
be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he 
becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to 

Hand  11  pt.  Caslon,  solid.  36  lines,  386  words. 


154         SMALL   PICA  NUMBER  ONE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of 
the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is, 
a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the 
trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of 
printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A 
true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will 
entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he 
learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is 
told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman 
or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be 
placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to 
him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself. 
When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies 

Hand  Small  Pica  No.  1,  leaded.  32  lines,  297  words. 


SMALL   PICA  NUMBER  ONE          155 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore- 
shadows the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of 
the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is, 
a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the 
trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are 
indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of 
printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A 
true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will 
entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come 
and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he 
learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "  going  to  case/'  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is 
told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman 
or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be 
placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to 
him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself. 
When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies 
the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined, 
and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out 
with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when 
the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at 


Hand  Small  Pica  No.  1,  solid.  38  lines,  354  words. 


156  TEN  POINT   MODERN 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obe- 
dient, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  deter- 
mine to  be  a  master- workman.  Good  morals  and 
steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  per- 
fect speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him 
to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told 
the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room 
— he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  vari- 
ous letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning 
the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  com- 
position, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the 
foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself. 
When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the 
line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when 
the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  suffi- 
ciently loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In 

Hand  10  pt.  Modern,  leaded.  33  lines,  328  words. 


TEN  POINT  MODERN  157 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig 
foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obe- 
dient, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire 
a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  deter- 
mine to  be  a  master- workman.  Good  morals  and 
steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who 
possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  per- 
fect speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him 
to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told 
the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room 
—he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  vari- 
ous letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning 
the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  com- 
position, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the 
foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself. 
When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the 
line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when 
the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  suffi- 
ciently loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In 
thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed, 
all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No 
matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be 
drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master 
of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first 


Hand  10  pt.  Modem,  solid.  39  lines,  392  words. 


158  TEN    POINT   SCOTCH 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the 
inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious 
lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 
measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put, 
it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine 
to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  edu- 
cation ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ? 
Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A 
true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him 
to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality 
is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out 
the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the 
case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one 
line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are 
pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  him- 
self. When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the 
line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the 
composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose 
to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out 
the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated 
that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at 
equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be 

Hand  10  pt.  Scotch,  leaded.  33  lines,  364  words. 


TEN    POINT   SCOTCH  159 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the 
inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious 
lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 
measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny  ;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put, 
it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine 
to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should 
be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  edu- 
cation ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ? 
Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A 
true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him 
to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality 
is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out 
the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the 
case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line 
and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under 
whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are 
pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  him- 
self. When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the 
line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the 
composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose 
to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out 
the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated 
that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at 
equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be 
to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes 
a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled 
into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly ;  swift- 
ness will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second 
line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with 
the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care 


Hand  10  pt.  Scotch,  solid.  39  lines,  435  words. 


160  TEN    POINT    CASLON 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 
put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to 
be  a  master- workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is 
he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a 
strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he 
sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the 
case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for 
"  going  to  case/*  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it 
to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be 
placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is 
required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  suffi- 
ciently loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing 
out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated 
that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal 
distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on, 
he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master 
of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do 
his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  con- 
Hand  10  pt.  Caslon,  leaded.  33  lines,  407  words. 


TEN   POINT   CASLON  161 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 
put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to 
be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is 
he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand- 
boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a 
strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he 
sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the 
case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for 
"going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it 
to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be 
placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is 
required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly 
correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  suffi- 
ciently loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing 
out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated 
that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal 
distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on, 
he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master 
of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do 
his  work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  con- 
sequence. He  sets  a  second  line  ;  and  after  it  has  been  made 
faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full. 
The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line 
in  an  exact  vertical  position ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick 
he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body, 
and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines 


Hand  10  pt.  Caslon,  solid.  39  lines,  485  words. 


162  TEN    POINT   NUMBER   TWENTY 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  in- 
clination of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  be- 
cause he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- work- 
man. Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the 
art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he 
had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  un- 
der fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he 
sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line 
and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift 
it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  be- 
tween the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter 
is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be 
drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it. 

Hand  10  pt.  No.  20,  leaded.  33  lines,  382  words. 


TEN    POINT   NUMBER   TWENTY  163 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  in- 
clination of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute, 
and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  be- 
cause he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-work- 
man. Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the 
art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he 
had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  un- 
der fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these 
queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he 
sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative 
for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line 
and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift 
it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  be- 
tween the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter 
is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be 
drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it. 
The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his 
work  well  and  correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  con- 
sequence. He  sets  a  second  line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made 
faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is 
full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and 
every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position ;  and  when  he  essays  to 


Hand  10  pt.  No.  20,  solid.  39  lines,  455  words. 


164      LONG  PRIMER  NUMBER  THIRTEEN 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a 
lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art 
and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a 
verfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eye- 
eight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to 
the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punct- 
uality is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he 
sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various 
letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excel- 
lent preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art 
of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he 
is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or 
to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed. 
The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is 
required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to 
prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him 
to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that, 
when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at 

Hand  Long  Primer  No.  13,  C.  F.,  leaded.  34  lines,  354  words. 


LONG  PEIMEK  NUMBEK  THIBTEEN      165 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  fore- 
tells the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not 
at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a 
lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art 
and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him, 
Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  lie  a 
perfect  speller  9  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eye- 
sight good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true 
affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to 
the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punct- 
uality is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he 
sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various 
letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excel- 
lent preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art 
of  composing  type.  When  ne  ^s  Pu^  to  composition,  he 
is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or 
to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed. 
The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is 
required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to 
prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him 
to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that, 
when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at 
equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may 
be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he 
becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to 
be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and 
correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence. 
He  sets  a  second  line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless 
he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full. 

Hand  Long  Primer  No.  13,  C.  F.,  solid.  41  lines,  432  words. 


166  LONG   PRIMER   OLD   STYLE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the 
inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious 
lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as 
unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen 
into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a 
boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he 
fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which 
he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset 
determine  to  be  a  master- workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing, 
it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn 
for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a 
strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the 
various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the 
art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he 
is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or 
to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed. 
The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is 
required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  pre- 
vent it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to 
lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when 
the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal 
distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to 

Hand  Long  Primer  Old  Style,  C.  F.,  leaded.         34  lines,  365  words. 


LONG   PRIMER   OLD   STYLE  167 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the 
inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious 
lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as 
unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen 
into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a 
boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he 
fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which 
he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset 
determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing, 
it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn 
for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy. 
He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a 
strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the 
various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the 
art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he 
is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or 
to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed. 
The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is 
required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  pre- 
vent it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to 
lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when 
the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal 
distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to 
get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a 
thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled 
into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly ;  swift- 
ness will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second 
line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with 
the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care 
must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an 


Hand  Long  Primer  Old  Style,  C.  F.,  solid.  41  lines,  447  words. 


168  ELECTRO   BOURGEOIS  MODERN 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the 
inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious 
lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  un- 
mistakably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen 
into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a 
boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny  ;  and  if  he 
fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he 
is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  de- 
termine to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  f  Has  he  a  turn  for  read- 
ing ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him 
to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality 
is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the 
pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  go- 
ing to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and 
show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to 
lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the 
matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  dis- 
tances apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on, 
he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough 
master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at 
first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly  ;  swiftness  will  fol- 
low as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line ;  and 
after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third, 

Hand  Electro  Bourgeois  Modern,  leaded.  38  lines,  424  words. 


ELECTRO  BOURGEOIS  MODERN  169 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the 
inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious 
lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  un- 
mistakably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen 
into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a 
boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny  ;  and  if  he 
fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he 
is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  de- 
termine to  be  a  master- workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it 
should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school 
education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  read- 
ing ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him 
to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality 
is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the 
pi— he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  * '  go- 
ing to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When 
he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and 
show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the 
words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to 
lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the 
matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  dis- 
tances apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on, 
he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough 
master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at 
first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly  ;  swiftness  will  fol- 
low as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line  ;  and 
after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third, 
and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken 
to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  posi- 
tion ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be 
taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to 
place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are 
allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult 
afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  appren- 
tice has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every 
type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q," 

Hand  Electro  Bourgeois  Modern,  solid.  47  lines,  524  words. 


1 70  ELECTRO   BOURGEOIS   OLD   STYLE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination 
of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless 
fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  out- 
set determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qual- 
ities proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be 
inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is 
he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight 
good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  an- 
swer to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and 
go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various 
letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  pre- 
parative for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and 
show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and 
he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  per- 
fectly correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and 
yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus 
spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so 
graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  ap- 
pear at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may 
be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a 
thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him 
at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow 
as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line  ;  and  after  it  has 
been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the 
stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter 
and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position  ;  and  when  he  essays  to 
empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one 

Hand  Electro  Bourgeois  Old  Style,  leaded.  38  lines,  469  words. 


ELECTRO   BOURGEOIS   OLD   STYLE  171 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  work- 
man, just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination 
of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless 
fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny  ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 
to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  out- 
set determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qual- 
ities proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be 
inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is 
he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight 
good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  an- 
swer to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and 
go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the 
room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various 
letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  pre- 
parative for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and 
show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and 
he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  per- 
fectly correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and 
yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus 
spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so 
graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  ap- 
pear at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may 
be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a 
thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him 
at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly  ;  swiftness  will  follow 
as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line  ;  and  after  it  has 
been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the 
stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter 
and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position  ;  and  when  he  essays  to 
empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one 
square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the 
galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  side- 
wise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After 
the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape 
of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "  u  "  from  "  n,"  "  b  "  from  "  q," 
and  "  d  "  from  "  p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own 
use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he 
can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the 
light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it. 

Hand  Electro  Bourgeois  Old  Style,  solid.  47  lines,  580  words. 


172  EIGHT  POINT  FARMER'S  ROMAN 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 
put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to 
be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fif- 
teen years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is 
told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctual- 
ity is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi 
— he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case," 
or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composi- 
tion, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to 
the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors 
in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct 
them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies 
the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the 
composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  en- 
able him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the 
matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand 
doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and 
correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets 
a  second  line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with 
the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  posi- 
tion ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to 
lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either 
backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand 


Hand  8  pt.  Farmer's  Roman,  leaded.  40  lines,  500  words. 


EIGHT  POINT  FARMER'S  ROMAN  173 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.    The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 
put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to 
be  a  master-workman.     Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indis- 
pensable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has 
he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?    Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ? 
Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?    Is  his  eyesight  good  ?    Is  he  under  fif- 
teen years  of  age  ?    A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries 
will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.     He  is 
told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctual- 
ity is  enjoined  upon  him.     He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi 
— he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.     A  year 
spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "going to  case," 
or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.     When  he  is  put  to  composi- 
tion, he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to 
the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.     The  errors 
in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct 
them  himself.     When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies 
the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the 
composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  en- 
able him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.     In  thus  spacing  out 'the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated   that,  when  the 
matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.     The  grand 
doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and 
correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.     He  sets 
a  second  line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with 
the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.     The  utmost  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  posi- 
tion ;   and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to 
lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.     If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either 
backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand 
accurately.    After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant 
with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n," 
"b"from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute 
type  for  his  own  use.     He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more 
matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he 
holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can 
readily  read  it.     In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word 
or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the 
types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.    At  the  outset, 
and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  ac- 


Hand  8  pt.  Farmer's  Roman,  solid.  50  lines,  624  words. 


174  EIGHT  POINT  SCOTCH 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 
put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be 
a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispen- 
sable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the 
art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a 
turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of 
age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him 
to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at 
which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  posi- 
tion of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  •'  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one 
line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him, 
and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  per- 
fectly correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet 
sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spac- 
ing out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated 
that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appea  at  equal 
distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he 
must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of 
it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his 
work  well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  conse- 
quence. He  sets  a  second  line  ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless 
he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost 
care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact 
vertical  position  ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be 
taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it 
squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to 
slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make 
them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly 

Hand  8  pt.  Scotch,  leaded.  40  lines,  508  words. 


EIGHT  POINT  SCOTCH  175 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny  ;  and 
if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 
put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be 
a  master- workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispen- 
sable. When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the 
art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had 
a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a 
turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of 
age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him 
to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at 
which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  posi- 
tion of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  com- 
posing type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one 
line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose 
care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him, 
and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  per- 
fectly correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet 
sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spac- 
ing out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated 
that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal 
distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he 
must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of 
it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his 
work  well  and  correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  conse- 
quence. He  sets  a  second  line  ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless 
he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost 
care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact 
vertical  position  ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be 
taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it 
squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to 
slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make 
them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly 
conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "  u  " 
from  "  n,"  "  b  "  from  *'  q,"  and  "  d  "  from  "  p,"  he  is  allowed  to  dis- 
tribute type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no 
more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which 
he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye 
can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a 
word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and 
the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  out- 
set, and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the 
acquisition  of  bad  habits  :  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are 

Hand  8  pt.  Scotch,  solid.  50  lines,  637  words. 


176  EIGHT    POINT   CASLON 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely 
as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obe- 
dient, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and 
worthless  fellow .  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny  ; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  in- 
quired of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller  f  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  the«e  queries  will  entitle  him  to 
the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to 
come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room 
— he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  poiition  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning 
the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  it  told  to  set  up 
one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the 
line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease. 
In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated 
that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise 
till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into 
him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly  ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  nat- 
ural consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line  j  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he 
proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position  ;  and  when 
he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square 
solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are 
allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them 
stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with 
the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "  u  '*  from  "  n,"  u  b  "  from  "  q," 
and  "  d  "  from  "  p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is 
taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in 
his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and 
his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or 
two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly 

Hand  8  pt.  Caslon,  leaded.  40  lines,  605  words. 


EIGHT   POINT   CASLON  177 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely 
as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obe- 
dient, industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmis- 
takably as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and 
worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny  ; 
and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 
will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman. 
Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses 
these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  in- 
quired of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen 
years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to 
the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to 
come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room 
— he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A 
year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning 
the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up 
one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he 
may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required 
to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the 
line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease. 
In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated 
that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise 
till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into 
him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  nat- 
ural consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line  5  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he 
proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position  ;  and  when 
he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square 
solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are 
allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them 
stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with 
the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "  u  "  from  "  n,"  "b  "  from  "  q," 
and  "  d  "  from  "  p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is 
taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in 
his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and 
his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or 
two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly 
dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novi- 
tiate must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits  :  such  as  swinging  the 
body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick  several  times 
before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridicu- 
lous practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does  not  possess  them  already)  certain 
habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at  the  foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office  in 
coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work  ;  and  the  mind  being 
cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels  the  influence,  and  is 
strengthened ;  and  when  the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work  accom- 


Hand  8  pt.  Caslon,  solid.  50  lines,  742  words. 


iy8  EIGHT   POINT  NUMBER  TWENTY 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a 
boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will 
mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When 
a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery 
of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ? 
Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirm- 
ative answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  read- 
ing and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and 
go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room 
— he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the 
case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going 
to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to 
composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or 
to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in 
the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  him- 
self. When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 
enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out 
with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words 
will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may 
be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thor- 
ough master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first 
is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural 
consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line  ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  fault- 
less he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The 
utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact 
vertical  position ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be 
taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it 
squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant 
either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand 
accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant 
with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u  "  from  "n,"  "b" 

Hand  8  pt.  No.  20,  leaded.  40  lines,  522  words. 


EIGHT   POINT  NUMBER   TWENTY  179 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful, 
and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy 
will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a 
boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will 
mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When 
a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery 
of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common- 
school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ? 
Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirm- 
ative answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  read- 
ing and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and 
go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room 
— he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the 
case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  ' '  going 
to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to 
composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or 
to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in 
the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  him- 
self. When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight 
enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is 
slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out 
with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words 
must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words 
will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may 
be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thor- 
ough master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first 
is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural 
consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line  ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  fault- 
less he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The 
utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact 
vertical  position ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be 
taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it 
squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant 
either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand 
accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant 
with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "  u  "  from  "  n,"  "  b" 
from  "  q,"  and  "  d  "  from  "  p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his 
own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he 
can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that  the  light 
falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  dis- 
tributing the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb 
and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into 
their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate 
must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits :  such  as  swing- 
ing the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the 
stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc. 

Hand  8  pt.  No.  20,  solid.  50  lines,  657  words. 


180  BREVIER  NUMBER   SIX 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if 
he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put, 
it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair 
common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  f  Has  he  a  turn 
for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he 
is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the 
various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing 
type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and 
show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is 
required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  cor- 
rect, he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the 
line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when 
the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doc- 
trine to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  cor- 
rectly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a 
second  line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with 
the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position ; 
and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the 
entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and 
vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  back- 
ward or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accu- 
rately. After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with 

Hand  Brevier  No.  6,  leaded.  40  lines,  510  words. 


BREVIER  NUMBER  SIX  181 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling, 
careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if 
he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put, 
it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a 
master- workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and 
mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair 
common-school  education  ?  Is  Tie  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn 
for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the 
position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he 
is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room— he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the 
various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing 
type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and 
show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is 
required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  cor- 
rect, he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling 
down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the 
line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when 
the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart. 
No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at 
this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doc- 
trine to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  cor- 
rectly ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a 
second  line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with 
the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position ; 
and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the 
entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and 
vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  back- 
ward or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accu- 
rately. After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with 
the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "  u  "  from  "  n,"  and  "  b  " 
from  "  q,"  and  "  d"  from  "  p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for 
his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more  matter 
than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that 
the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it. 
In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the 
thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly 
dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  pro- 
ceeds, the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of  bad 
habits  :  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking 


Hand  Brevier  No.  6,  solid.  50  lines,  640  words. 


182  THREE  NICK  MINION 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as 
surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and 
capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen 
into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at 
his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired 
of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will 
entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours 
at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of 
the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it 
to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed. 
The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct 
them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line 
tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick 
is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out 
with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must 
be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear 
at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he 
must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it. 
The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work 
well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He 
sets  a  second  line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with 
the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to 
keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when 
he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one 
square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If 
the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult 
afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become 
thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish 
"u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "  q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to 
distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no 
more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds 
so  that  the  light  fallg  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it. 
In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the 
thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the]  types  are  lightly  dropped 


Hand  Three  Nick  Minion,  leaded.  44  lines,  606  words. 


THREE  NICK  MINION  183 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as 
surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and 
capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen 
into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably 
the  maker  of  his  own  destiny  ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge 
of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at 
his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities 
proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired 
of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect 
speller  ?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under 
fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will 
entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours 
at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon 
him.  He  sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of 
the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent 
preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it 
to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed. 
The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct 
them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line 
tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick 
is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out 
with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks  between  the  words  must 
be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the  words  will  appear 
at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he 
must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it. 
The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work 
well  and  correctly;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He 
sets  a  second  line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with 
the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to 
keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when 
he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one 
square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If 
the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  side  wise,  it  is  difficult 
afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become 
thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish 
"u"  from  "  n,"  "b"  from  "  q,"  and  "d''  from  "  p,"  he  is  allowed  to 
distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no 
more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds 
BO  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it. 
In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the 
thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped 
into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate 
must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits  :  such  as  swinging 
the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick 
several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc.  While 
avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does  not 
possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at  the 
foundation  of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office 
in  coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work ;  and  the 
mind  being  cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels 
the  influence,  and  is  strengthened;  and  when  the  quitting  hour  arrives, 
the  amount  of  work  accomplished  will  satisfy  himself  and  his  master  too. 
The  most  successful  masters  have  been  distinguished  for  punctuality.  The 


Hand  Three  Nick  Minion,  solid.  57  lines,  759  words. 


184  ELECTRO   MINION  OLD   STYLE 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just 
as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  out- 
set determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he 
had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  f  Has  he  a 
turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position 
of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and 
go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — 
he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is 
told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman 
under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  fall- 
ing down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is 
printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how 
impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he 
becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into 
him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a 
natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line  ;  and  after  it  has  been  made 
faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The 
utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact 
vertical  position ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught 
to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  ami 
vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or 
sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the 
apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type, 
and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "  n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he 
is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one 
time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which 
he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily 
read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between 
the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped 
into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate 


Hand  Electro  Minion  Old  Style,  leaded.  44  lines,  619  words. 


ELECTRO   MINION   OLD   STYLE  185 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just 
as  surely  as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a 
lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of 
the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  his  out- 
set determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to 
learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he 
had  a  fair  common-school  education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller1?  Has  he  a 
turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age? 
A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position 
of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and 
go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room — 
he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case. 
A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is 
told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman 
under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out 
to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When  the  words  are 
perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from  fall- 
ing down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently 
loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is 
printed,  all  the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how 
impatient  he  may  be  to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he 
becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it.  The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into 
him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a 
natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line ;  and  after  it  has  been  made 
faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The 
utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact 
vertical  position  ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught 
to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and 
vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or 
sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the 
apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type, 
and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "  q,"  and  "  d"  from  "  p,"  he 
is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one 
time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which 
he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily 
read  it.  In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between 
the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped 
into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate 
must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of  bad  habits :  such  as  swinging 
the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type  against  the  stick 
several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc.  While 
avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does  not 
possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at  the  foun- 
dation of  successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office 
in  coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work;  and  the 
mind  being  cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels  the 
influence,  and  is  strengthened;  and  when  the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the 
amount  of  work  accomplished  will  satisfy  himself  and  his  master  too.  The 
most  successful  masters  have  been  distinguished  for  punctuality.  The  ap- 
prentice's time  is  not  his  own,  but  his  master's  property ;  and  wasting  it  by 


Hand  Electro  Minion  Old  Style,  solid.  57  lines,  773  words. 


x86  SIX  POINT  NUMBER  TWENTY 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as 
the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the 
perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,'  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  com- 
mon-school education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his 
eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set 
up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct 
them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet 
sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all 
the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be 
to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it. 
The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly ; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line ;  and  after  it  has 
been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The 
utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical 
position ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire 
mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If 
the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to 
make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant 
with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and 
"d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take 
up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which 
he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it. 
In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  fore- 
finger of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes. 
At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acqui- 
sition of  bad  habits :  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking 
the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg, 
etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does  not 
possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at  the  foundation  of 
successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office  in  coming 
and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work ;  and  the  mind  being  cheered  by 
the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels  the  influence,  and  is  strengthened ;  and 
when  the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work  accomplished  will  satisfy  himself 
and  his  master  too.  The  most  successful  masters  have  been  distinguished  for  punctu- 
ality. The  apprentice's  time  is  not  his  own,  but  his  master's  property ;  and  wasting  it 


Hand  6  pt.  No.  20,  leaded.  50  lines,  772  words. 


SIX  POINT  NUMBER  TWENTY  187 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as 
the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus- 
trious lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the 
perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless  fellow. 
The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if  he  fails  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good  morals  and  steady 
industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these  qualities  proposes  to  learn 
the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of  him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  com- 
mon-school education?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller?  Has  he  a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his 
eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A  true  affirmative  answer  to  all 
these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading  and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the 
hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict  punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He 
sweeps  the  room — he  sorts  out  the  pi — he  learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in 
the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an  excellent  preparative  for  "  going  to  case,"  or 
learning  the  art  of  composing  type.  When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set 
up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the  foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may 
be  placed.  The  errors  in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct 
them  himself.  When  the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet 
sufficiently  loose  to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the 
blanks  between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all 
the  words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be 
to  get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it. 
The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and  correctly ; 
swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line ;  and  after  it  has 
been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the  stick  is  full.  The 
utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line  in  an  exact  vertical 
position ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must  be  taught  to  lift  the  entire 
mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely  and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If 
the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or  sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to 
make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  apprentice  has  become  thoroughly  conversant 
with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can  distinguish  "u  "  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and 
"  d  "  from  "  p,"  he  is  allowed  to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take 
up  at  one  time  no  more  matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which 
he  holds  so  that  the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it. 
In  distributing  the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  fore- 
finger of  his  right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes. 
At  the  outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acqui- 
sition of  bad  habits :  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking 
the  type  against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg, 
etc.  While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does  not 
possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at  the  foundation  of 
successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality. — He  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office  in  coming 
and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work ;  and  the  mind  being  cheered  by 
the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels  the  influence,  and  is  strengthened ;  and 
when  the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work  accomplished  will  satisfy  himself 
and  his  master  too.  The  most  successful  masters  have  been  distinguished  for  punctu- 
ality. The  apprentice's  time  is  not  his  own,  but  his  master's  property;  and  wasting  it 
by  want  of  punctuality,  or  idling  during  his  master's  absence,  is  simply  equivalent  to 
stealing.  The  second  point  is 

Obedience. — The  apprentice  has  no  right  to  question  orders  given  by  the  master  or 
his  deputy.  His  duty  is  promptly  to  do  as  he  is  told,  without  grumbling  or  dissatis- 
faction. Let  him  remember  that  he  is  under  orders,  and  that,  if  he  ever  expects  to 
learn  how  to  command,  he  must  learn  in  his  youth  how  to  obey.  He  will  promote  his 
own  interests  by  seeking  to  anticipate  his  master's  wishes,  and  by  endeavoring  to  make 
himself  so  useful  that  his  services  cannot  well  be  dispensed  with.  Akin  to  this  is 

Courtesy. — Good  manners  in  a  youth  are  wonderfully  pleasing,  and  effectively  aid  in 
his  advancement.  Courtesy  toward  his  master  is  a  matter  of  course,  and  deserving  of 
little  commendation;  but  he  must  be  courteous  to  customers  when  sent  out  on  an 
errand,  and  courteous  to  the  workmen  in  the  office.  By  this  means  he  will  secure 
good-will,  and  many  a  friendly  hint  will  be  given  to  him  in  acquiring  a  knowledge  of 
the  art.  The  habit  when  fixed  will  bless  him  and  others  as  long  as  he  lives. 

Position. — The  standing  position  of  a  compositor  should  be  perfectly  upright,  with- 
out stiffness  or  restraint ;  the  shoulders  thrown  back,  the  feet  firm  on  the  floor,  heels 


Hand  6  pt.  No.  20,  solid.  66  lines,  996  words. 


188  COPPERFACE  NONPAREIL 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely 
as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless 
fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if 
he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly 
be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of 
him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he 
a  turn  for  reading  ?  Is  his  eyesight  good  ?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age  ?  A 
true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room— he  sorts  out  the  pi— he 
learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the 
foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors 
in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When 
the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose 
to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the 
words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to 
get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it. 
The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and 
correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line ; 
and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the 
stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line 
In  an  exact  vertical  position;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  etick  he  must 
be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or 
sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  appren- 
tice has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can 
distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "  p,"  he  is  allowed 
to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more 
matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that 
the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  his  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing 
the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his 
right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the 
outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of 
bad  habits :  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type 
against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc. 
While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does  not 
possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at  the  foundation  of 
successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality.— He  must  conscientiously  .'observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office  in 
coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work  ;  and  the  mind  being 
cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels  the  influence,  and  is 
strengthened ;  and  when  the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work  accomplished 


Hand  Copperface  Nonpareil,  leaded.  50  lines,  742  words. 


COPPERFACE  NONPAREIL  189 

EXPERIENCE  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely 
as  the  bend  of  the  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skilful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as 
the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  a  lazy,  dissolute,  and  worthless 
fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny ;  and  if 
he  fails  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly 
be  because  he  did  not  at  his  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman.  Good 
morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable.  When  a  lad  who  possesses  these 
qualities  proposes  to  learn  the  art  and  mystery  of  printing,  it  should  be  inquired  of 
him,  Has  he  had  a  fair  common-school  education  ?  Is  he  a  perfect  speller  ?  Has  he 
a  turn  for  reading?  Is  his  eyesight  good?  Is  he  under  fifteen  years  of  age?  A 
true  affirmative  answer  to  all  these  queries  will  entitle  him  to  the  position  of  reading 
and  errand-boy.  He  is  told  the  hours  at  which  he  is  to  come  and  go,  and  a  strict 
punctuality  is  enjoined  upon  him.  He  sweeps  the  room— he  sorts  out  the  pi— he 
learns  the  position  of  the  various  letters  in  the  case.  A  year  spent  in  this  way  is  an 
excellent  preparative  for  "going  to  case,"  or  learning  the  art  of  composing  type. 
When  he  is  put  to  composition,  he  is  told  to  set  up  one  line  and  show  it  to  the 
foreman  or  to  the  journeyman  under  whose  care  he  may  be  placed.  The  errors 
in  the  line  are  pointed  out  to  him,  and  he  is  required  to  correct  them  himself.  When 
the  words  are  perfectly  correct,  he  justifies  the  line  tight  enough  to  prevent  it  from 
falling  down  when  the  composing-stick  is  slightly  inclined,  and  yet  sufficiently  loose 
to  enable  him  to  lift  it  out  with  ease.  In  thus  spacing  out  the  line,  the  blanks 
between  the  words  must  be  so  graduated  that,  when  the  matter  is  printed,  all  the 
words  will  appear  at  equal  distances  apart.  No  matter  how  impatient  he  may  be  to 
get  on,  he  must  be  drilled  at  this  exercise  till  he  becomes  a  thorough  master  of  it. 
The  grand  doctrine  to  be  instilled  into  him  at  first  is,  to  do  his  work  well  and 
correctly ;  swiftness  will  follow  as  a  natural  consequence.  He  sets  a  second  line ; 
and  after  it  has  been  made  faultless  he  proceeds  with  the  third,  and  so  on  till  the 
stick  is  full.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  every  letter  and  every  line 
in  an  exact  vertical  position ;  and  when  he  essays  to  empty  the  stick  he  must 
be  taught  to  lift  the  entire  mass  in  one  square  solid  body,  and  to  place  it  squarely 
and  vertically  on  the  galley.  If  the  lines  are  allowed  to  slant  either  backward  or 
sidewise,  it  is  difficult  afterward  to  make  them  stand  accurately.  After  the  appren- 
tice has  become  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  shape  of  every  type,  and  can 
distinguish  "u"  from  "n,"  "b"  from  "q,"  and  "d"  from  "p,"  he  is  allowed 
to  distribute  type  for  his  own  use.  He  is  taught  to  take  up  at  one  time  no  more 
matter  than  he  can  conveniently  grasp  in  his  left  hand,  which  he  holds  so  that 
the  light  falls  on  the  face  of  the  type,  and  bis  eye  can  readily  read  it.  In  distributing 
the  various  letters,  he  takes  a  word  or  two  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  his 
right  hand,  and  the  types  are  lightly  dropped  into  their  respective  boxes.  At  the 
outset,  and  as  he  proceeds,  the  novitiate  must  be  cautioned  against  the  acquisition  of 
bad  habits :  such  as  swinging  the  body  as  the  types  are  picked  up,  nicking  the  type 
against  the  stick  several  times  before  placing  it  in  line,  standing  on  one  leg,  etc. 
While  avoiding  these  ridiculous  practices,  a  learner  must  acquire  (if  he  does  not 
possess  them  already)  certain  habitudes  or  principles  which  lie  at  the  foundation  of 
successful  effort.  The  first  is 

Punctuality.— Jle  must  conscientiously  observe  the  time-rules  of  the  office  in 
coming  and  leaving.  The  early  hours  are  the  best  for  work ;  and  the  mind  being 
cheered  by  the  consciousness  of  doing  right,  the  body  feels  the  influence,  and  is 
strengthened ;  and  when  the  quitting  hour  arrives,  the  amount  of  work  accomplished 
will  satisfy  himself  and  his  master  too.  The  most  successful  masters  have  been 
distinguished  for  punctuality.  The  apprentice's  time  is  not  his  own,  but  his  master's 
property ;  and  wasting  it  by  want  of  punctuality,  or  idling  during  his  master's 
absence,  is  simply  equivalent  to  stealing.  The  second  point  is 

Obedience. — The  apprentice  has  no  right  to  question  orders  given  by  the  master  or 
his  deputy.  His  duty  is  promptly  to  do  as  he  is  told,  without  grumbling  or  dissatis- 
faction. Let  him  remember  that  he  is  under  orders,  and  that,  if  he  ever  expects 
to  learn  how  to  command,  he  must  learn  in  his  youth  how  to  obey.  He  will  promote 
his  own  interests  by  seeking  to  anticipate  his  master's  wishes,  and  by  endeavoring  to 
make  himself  so  useful  that  his  services  cannot  well  be  dispensed  with.  Akin 
to  this  is 

Courtesy. — Good  manners  in  a  youth  are  wonderfully  pleasing,  and  effectively  aid 
in  his  advancement.  Courtesy  toward  his  master  is  a  matter  of  course,  and  deserving 
of  little  commendation ;  but  he  must  be  courteous  to  customers  when  sent  out  on  an 
errand,  and  courteous  to  the  workmen  in  the  office.  By  this  means  he  will  secure 
good-will,  and  many  a  friendly  hint  will  be  given  to  him  in  acquiring  a  knowledge  of 


Hand  Copperface  Nonpareil,  solid.  66  lines,  955  words. 


i 


Specimen  of  Printer's  Proof,  showing  the 
Manner  of  Making  Corrections. 

Every  day  this  question  is  asked,  and  as 
often  it  is  answered  in  the  affirmative  and  al- 
most  as  Affectively  denied  by  the  success  and 
failure  of  liberal  advertisers  throughout  the 


^»The  failures  we  hear  little  about,  but  they 
occur,  nevertheless. 

A  prominent  an<J  successful   publisher  and 
advertiser  has  been  quoted  as  saying  that  a 
,.£.  progressive  business  $an  /^fust  fail  occasion- 
ally  in  his  object,  but  that  should  only  teach 
him  the  elements  of  success,     personally,  this 

f  5    /     / 

Jjj.    publisheigtates,  he  could  not  always  be  a  suc^     '»/ 
i/cess,  but  asserts  liability**  to  get  the  upper-.  ^  ' 
/  hand  of  failure  C^im  e  s^Tt  h  r  e  e\p  u  t  of  five^)    To>  0 
element  of  uncertainty  attached  to  the  adv^r- 
tising  of  any  article  or  'business^but  thgr^  fail 
^      ures  are  simply^the  exception  which  serves  ^ 
torove    the     rule     that    advertising;    properly 
/    conductedQpays,    In  advertisina^continuous  u      */ 
ID  is    the    wordJPlunges    are  Barely    successful.       / 

It's  the  constant  drop  oXprinter^ink  which    £ 
A^l  in^^lces  the  purchaser/to  come  in  out  of  the 
l  Wv  rain,  ^ome  men  akice  an  ordinary  arQiounce-    C 
/     J   ment  in  a  par^r;  do  not  follow^it^up^to^see 


